Cat 2005 001-180 USA

Inductive, Photoelectric and
Ultrasonic Proximity Switches
Highlights: New:
- All-metal housings - All-metal inductive devices for food industry and
- Miniature sizes sea-water applications
- Long operating distances - High-temperature inductive devices
- Extreme environmental conditions - Miniature inductive devices with long operating
- Analog outputs distance
- Right-angle optics - New high-pressure-resistant executions
- Laser devices - Fiber-optic amplifiers with teach-in or potentiometer
- Ultrasonic devices - M8 inductive devices with analog output
- Teach-in - M8 all-metal inductive devices
- Cylindrical laser through-beam sensors
- Cylindrical and rectangular ultrasonic proximity
switches
Top-quality proximity
switches
CONTRINEX has been manufactur-
ing inductive and photoelectric proxim-
ity switches since its foundation in 1972.
From small beginnings, the company
has grown, and now employs over 300
people worldwide. Today it specializes
exclusively in the development, manu-
facture and sales of positioning sensors
for industrial use.
A proximity switch manu-
facturer with a difference
Many years ago, CONTRINEX was
the first manufacturer to launch the
now widespread miniature inductive
devices diameter 4 mm and M5, now
also available with an improved operat-
ing distance of 2.5 mm. In the course
of time, many other miniature types
followed, such as the 3 mm diameter
model (300 series), which is the smallest
self-contained inductive proximity switch
with built-in amplifier, light-emitting diode,
protective circuit, etc. available on the
market today.
Already in 1982, CONTRINEX in-
troduced the first inductive devices with
long operating distances (500 series),
which had previously been considered
impossible. Today, such devices are
available from a number of suppliers,
and form an important market segment.
However, the new standard for operating
distances introduced by CONTRINEX at
that time has remained unmatched by
any other supplier.
In the meantime, CONTRINEX has
launched another series of switches with
characteristics far superior to those of
conventional inductive proximity switch-
es: all-metal housings, long operating
distances on steel as well as on non-fer-
rous metals (series 700). These devices
are now also available for the food and
pharmaceutical industries, as well as
for sea-water applications.
For less demanding sensing tasks,
CONTRINEX offers a comprehensive
range of standard devices of the
highest quality.
In addition, CONTRINEX photo-
electric proximity switches set new
benchmarks for high performance cou-
pled with small dimensions. The latest
2 Detailed data sheets for these products can be found on the CONTRINEX website:
breakthrough is a new miniature device
available in diameter 4 mm and M5 with
cylindrical light beam and well-defined
operating range.
For the detection of transparent or
colored materials in solid, liquid, granu-
lar or powder state, CONTRINEX now
also offers a large range of ultrasonic
proximity switches.
Quality
If CONTRINEX proximity switches
are held in high regard by its worldwide
demanding clientele, it is not only be-
cause of their technical superiority, but
also because of their uncompromising
quality and reliability. This is achieved
by involving all departments and all
management levels in our ISO 9001:
2000 certified management system.
The strictest quality standards are
applied to the manufacture of every
CONTRINEX proximity switch. Nothing
is left to chance. Only suppliers who
also manufacture to the highest qual-
ity standards are qualified to deliver
components. Before each component
is released into production, it must pass
our rigorous incoming inspection. At each
production stage, intermediate testing is
carried out. And before packing, highly
developed automatic systems perform
a comprehensive test on every switch,
where all the important parameters
are checked, documented and statis-
tically analyzed. In addition, the entire
manufacturing process is set up for full
traceability using the most up-to-date
computer technology. The consistently
high quality of CONTRINEX proximity
switches is certainly not just the result
of pure coincidence!
nagemen
Ma
tS
Certified
ystem
SO
00
00 1 : 2 0
I
9
Reg. N° 11397
Documentation
Documentation concerning the products in this catalog, detailed data sheets,
application details, importable dimensional drawings, cross-reference lists, key to
types, presentation of special products and new developments not included in this
catalog, additional technical information, information concerning quality, safety and
standards, addresses of our representatives, and much more can be found on our
website: www.contrinex.com, the contents of which are continuously updated and
extended.
http:// www.contrinex.com 3
Worldwide
CONTRINEX products are sold in
over 50 countries by experienced agents
and well-qualified regional distributors.
Well-managed local stocks ensure short
delivery times. A list of our representatives
is available on request.
Research and development
Nearly all CONTRINEX proximity
switches are developed right up to the
production stage by ourselves in our
modern, well-equipped development
laboratories. Amongst others, our facili-
ties include:
− Computer simulators for analog and digital electronic circuits, optical systems,
magnetic fields
− Climatic test systems (temperature and humidity)
− EMC test systems (interference generators, measuring instruments, measuring
benches)
− Reliability test systems (operating condition simulation, temperature and humidity
cycles)
Manufacturing
Most CONTRINEX proximity switches are manufactured in our own factories by
highly trained and qualified staff. The key processes are bonding, SMD assembly,
trimming, final assembly, and potting.
Quality control
Every device undergoes a complete test cycle, using highly sophisticated au-
tomatic test systems, before leaving the factory. In addition, each switch is marked
with a reference number, ensuring traceability to historical manufacturing and test
information over a period of several years.
Applications
CONTRINEX switches are self-contained, non-contact position sensors. Not
only do they not contain parts prone to mechanical wear, but they are also virtually
insensitive to environmental influences. They are preferred for applications with ex-
acting requirements, such as reliability, switch-point accuracy, switching frequency,
durability, operating speed, etc. According to the physical principle used, a variety
of detection possibilities can be realized:
− Inductive proximity switches react only to metal parts, and are thus insensitive
to dirt, which is an advantage in many cases.
− Photoelectric proximity switches work with light, which results in long operat-
ing distances, and react also to non-conducting materials. Furthermore, these
devices are best suited for adaption to specific applications.
− Capacitive sensors are suitable for applications where, for instance, non-con-
ducting, transparent objects have to be detected, or where a clear difference in
dielectric properties exclusively distinguishes the target from its background.
− Ultrasonic proximity switches are employed wherever distances have to be
measured in air. They detect transparent as well as colored targets in the solid,
liquid, granular or powder state.
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Inductive proximity switches
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Photoelectric proximity switches
Optical fibers
Optical fibers
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
Ultrasonic proximity switches
Connecting cables
Connecting cables
Accessories
Accessories
7
Glossary
Glossary
8
Index
Index
> For further information www.contrinex.com
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
1 Inductive proximity switches
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Highlights:
- All-metal housings
- Miniature sizes 3
- Long operating distances
Optical fibers
- Extreme environmental
conditions
- Analog outputs
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
6
Accessories
New:
- All-metal devices for food
industry and sea-water
applications 7
- High-temperature devices
Glossary
- Miniature devices with long

operating distance
- New high-pressure-resistant
executions
- M8 with analog output 8
- M8 with all-metal housings
Index
PROGRAM OVERVIEW

Operating distance Polarity
2-wire AC/DC
2-wire DC
NAMUR
0.6 mm
0.8 mm
1.0 mm
1.5 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.0 mm
4.0 mm
5.0 mm
6.0 mm
8.0 mm
10 mm
12 mm
15 mm
20 mm
22 mm
40 mm
50 mm
65 mm
Housing
NPN
PNP
size
∅3 / M4 0.6 mm
1.0 mm
∅4 / M5 0.8 mm
1.5 mm
2.5 mm
5 x 5 mm 0.8 mm
1.5 mm
∅6.5 mm 1.5 mm
2.0 mm
3.0 mm
M8 (∅8 mm) 1.5 mm

2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.0 mm
4.0 mm
6.0 mm
8 x 8 mm 1.5 mm
2.0 mm
3.0 mm
M12 2.0 mm
4.0 mm
6.0 mm
8.0 mm
10 mm
M18 5.0 mm
8.0 mm
10 mm
12 mm
20 mm
M30 10 mm
15 mm
20 mm
22 mm
40 mm
PROGRAM OVERVIEW 1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Mounting Supply voltage UB Connection Page
Photoelectric
NAMUR/2-wire DC
Connector S12
Connector S8
2-wire AC/DC
Embeddable
Single wires
embeddable
embeddable
PNP / NPN
All-metal
housing
Quasi-
Cable
Non-
3
10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 18, 19
Optical fibers
10 ... 30 VDC 18, 19
10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 19 - 21

10 ... 30 VDC 20 - 22
10 ... 30 VDC 21 - 22
10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 23 4
proximity switches
10 ... 30 VDC 23
Ultrasonic
10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 24 - 26
10 ... 30 VDC 26 - 28
10 ... 30 VDC 28 - 29
10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 30 - 31 (29)

10 ... 30 VDC 32 - 33 (29) 5
Connecting cables
10 ... 30 VDC 34 - 35
10 ... 30 VDC 35 - 36
10 ... 30 VDC 36 - 37
10 ... 30 VDC 37 - 38
10 ... 30 VDC 38 - 39
10 ... 30 VDC
10 ... 30 VDC
39
39
6
Accessories
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC * 40 - 41
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC * 41 - 43
10 ... 30 VDC 44
10 ... 30 VDC 45
10 ... 30 VDC 45 - 46
7
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC * 46 - 48
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC * 48 - 51
Glossary
10 ... 30 VDC 51
10 ... 30 VDC 52
10 ... 30 VDC 53
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC * 54 - 55

10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC * 55 - 57 8
10 ... 30 VDC 57
10 ... 30 VDC 58
Index
10 ... 30 VDC 58 - 59
*on request
PROGRAM OVERVIEW

Operating distance Polarity
Analog output
2-wire AC/DC
NAMUR
0.6 mm
1.5 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.0 mm
4.0 mm
5.0 mm
6.0 mm
8.0 mm
10 mm
15 mm
20 mm
25 mm
35 mm
40 mm
50 mm
65 mm
Housing
NPN
PNP
size
40 x 40 mm 15 mm
20 mm
35 mm
40 x 120 mm 15 mm
40 mm
60 x 80 mm 50 mm
80 x 100 mm 65 mm
Special devices
High-pressure-
resistant series P
P12 1.5 mm
P18 1.5 mm
P20 3.0 mm
Sealed series E
∅4 / M5 0.6 mm
∅6.5 / M8 2.5 mm
Analog output
M8 0 ... 4 mm
M12 0 ... 6 mm
M18 0 ... 10 mm
M30 0 ... 20 mm
0 ... 40 mm
High-temperature S
High-temperature
M8 2.0 mm
M12 3.0 mm
4.0 mm
M18 5.0 mm
8.0 mm
M30 10 mm
15 mm
M50 20 mm
25 mm
Food & sea-water
M12 6.0 mm
M12 / M18 10 mm
M18 / M30 20 mm
M30 40 mm
PROGRAM OVERVIEW 1
proximity switches
Inductive
Mounting Supply voltage UB Connection Max. amb. temp. Page
2
Quasi-embeddable
All-metal housing
Non-embeddable
proximity switches
NAMUR / 2-wire
180 °C (350 °F)

230 °C (440 °F)
Screw terminal
Connector S12
(280 / 300 °F)
Photoelectric
Connector S8
140 / 150 °C
Embeddable
PNP / NPN
Cable
15 ... 34 VDC 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC 60
15 ... 34 VDC 60 3
15 ... 34 VDC 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC 61
Optical fibers
15 ... 34 VDC 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC 62
10 ... 65 VDC 62
10 ... 65 VDC 63
10 ... 65 VDC 63
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
10 ... 30 VDC 64 - 65
10 ... 30 VDC 65
10 ... 30 VDC 65
5
Connecting cables
10 ... 30 VDC 66
10 ... 30 VDC 66
10/15 ... 30 VDC 67

10/15 ... 30 VDC 67 - 68
10/15 ... 30 VDC 68 6
10/15 ... 30 VDC 68 - 69
Accessories
10/15 ... 30 VDC 69
10 ... 30 VDC 70
10 ... 30 VDC 70
10 ... 30 VDC 70 7
10 ... 30 VDC 71
Glossary
10 ... 30 VDC 71
10 ... 30 VDC 72
10 ... 30 VDC 72
10 ... 30 VDC 73
10 ... 30 VDC 73
8
10 ... 30 VDC 74
Index
10 ... 30 VDC 74
10 ... 30 VDC 75
10 ... 30 VDC 75
Technology switches also generate a high-frequency
magnetic field, which emanates from the
Depending on the type, CONTRINEX
inductive devices work according to one of sensing face (Fig. 2). Again, the resulting u
three different technologies. All have in effect is that any metallic object entering
common the generation of an alternating the field absorbs energy from it.
magnetic field, which emanates from the The oscillator and the subsequent
sensing face. When a conductive, gener- signal evaluation circuit are however I
ally metallic, object enters into this field, completely different, with the objec-
tive of achieving a significantly better Ui
the latter is influenced in a way that can
be detected and evaluated by the built-in stability with respect to environmental
electronics. The three operating principles influences, in particular, temperature.
mentioned are described below. The most important contribution to this Fig. 6
comes from the CONTRINEX patented
Operating principles Condist® oscillator.
Classic inductive proximity switches The improved stability permits the
The coil of a conventional circuit os- switch point to be further away, leading
to longer operating distances (Fig. 3). t
cillator in the proximity switch generates Fig. 5
a high-frequency magnetic field, which The subsequent assemblies on the other
emanates from the sensing face. Any hand are no different from those of
metallic object found in this field absorbs proximity switches with standard operating distances. Material dependency is similar
some of the energy, which is detected to conventional oscillators.
and evaluated by the built-in electronics This technology is used in 500 and 520 series devices.
(Fig. 1).
Proximity switches using Condet® technology
Ferromagnetic metals (steel, nickel,
These devices also function according to inductive technology. However, the coil
cobalt) absorb the most energy. The
which generates the magnetic field is not part of the oscillator (Fig. 4). Instead, the field
achievable operating distances are
is generated by periodic, short transmitter current pulses, which flow through the
therefore greatest with these metals.
Good conducting, non-ferromagnetic
metals, such as aluminum, absorb less HF magnetic field HF magnetic field
energy. As a result, operating distances
are significantly lower (approx. 25...45%
sensing face sensing face
of those on steel).
This technology is used in 300, 400, coil coil
420, 600 and 620 series devices.

ferrite core ferrite core
Proximity switches using Condist®
technology
oscillator Condist® oscillator
By means of a CONTRINEX patented
Condist ® oscillator, these proximity Condist®
signal shaping signal shaping
Condist®
proximity switch
output amplifier output amplifier

standard
proximity switch
output output
Fig. 3 Fig. 1 Fig. 2
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
coil (Fig. 5). This field induces a voltage finished electronic assemblies are sub-
in the target, which, in turn, generates a sequently potted, using a special vacuum
U current flow in it. When the transmitter technique, i.e. without any inclusion of air
current pulse is switched off, the current bubbles. In this way, optimum long-term
without target in the object dies away, causing a volt- reliability, even under difficult operating
age to be induced in the transmitting conditions, can be guaranteed.
t coil (Fig. 6).
Devices with long operating 3
This voltage generates the signal re-
distances, 500 series
Optical fibers
with target quired, and is in principle independent of
the field’s energy loss. Therein lies the These devices work using Condist®
fundamental advantage of this technology, technology (Fig. 2). They are distinguished
Fig. 6 since the field energy losses, which are by their long operating distances on fer-
evaluated in conventional proximity switch- romagnetic metals, and react particularly
es, are liable to a number of undesirable well to elongated targets, e.g. rods and
environmental and material influences. wires.
4
proximity switches
The coupling between the target and the coil is rather like a transformer, and is
hence temperature independent and only slightly influenced by the target’s material.
Ultrasonic
Only metals which are non-ferromagnetic and also have poor electrical conductivity
give a reduced usable signal.
This technology is used in 700 series devices.
Small sizes
alternating
These small devices operate with con-
ventional (Fig. 1) or Condist® (Fig. 2) tech-
5
Connecting cables
magnetic field
nology. They have been so optimized that
a particularly high switching frequency
sensing face
can be obtained.
coil The essential differences compared to
larger versions lie in their construction and
ferrite core
manufacture. Only sub-components with
pulse
the smallest dimensions possible can be
used. The semiconductors are mounted
To a great extent, all other proper- 6
generator ties correspond to those of conventional
onto the substrate as chips (without hous-
Accessories
proximity switches. Special attention has
ings), i.e. bonded (COB technique). As
been paid to meet the relevant standards
substrate, exclusively glass-fiber rein-
switch as much as possible, so that easy inter-
forced epoxy resin is used (no ceramic,
changeability with conventional devices
filter with its undesirable brittleness). The
is guaranteed. Great emphasis has been
placed on a very good EMC resistance
and on perfect sealing against liquid
penetration.
7
Devices with very long operat-
Glossary
signal shaping
ing distances, 520 series
These devices also work using Con-
dist® technology (Fig. 2). Available in
sizes M8 and M12, they are a further
development of the series 500 switches,
output amplifier
featuring even longer operating distan- 8
ces on ferromagnetic metals than the
latter.
Index
output
Fig. 4
Standard switches, 600 series A further important characteristic
housing
of these devices is the one-piece
Functioning according to classical tech- coil
stainless steel housing, sensing face
nology (Fig. 1), these devices form the ferrite core
included (Fig. 7). Throughout the whole
backbone amongst position sensors. They
of their working lives therefore, the 700
are reliable, undemanding, standardized,
series devices are without reservation
low-cost, and therefore suitable for many
impervious at the sensing face to all
applications where there are no special
liquids and gases which do not corrode
requirements.
stainless steel. The material at the sens-
electronic
Standard switches with ing face being relatively thick, the devices module
increased operating distan- are therefore pressure resistant to a
ces, 620 series considerable extent. In addition, thanks
to their all-metal housing, they are much
Functioning also according to classical more resistant to mechanical stresses
technology (Fig. 1), these devices basi- in the area of the sensing face than con- LED
cally correspond to those of the 300, 400, ventional proximity switches. As a result,
420 and 600 series. Switching-wise, they important weak spots of conventional
have been optimized in such a way that proximity switches are eliminated.
an increased operating distance can Fig. 7
be achieved, especially for small sizes. All other properties correspond to a
Users will find them interesting, since great extent to those of conventional devices found on the market. Special attention
with a relatively small markup in price, a has also been paid to meet the relevant standards as much as possible, so that
valuable increase in operating distance easy interchangeability with previously used devices is guaranteed.
can be obtained. Devices for special applications
All-metal devices with long Analog series UA [V]
operating distances, 700 Within the 500 series, a number of IA [mA] aluminum
series devices are available with analog output. 5
These devices work using Condet® At the moment, executions with non-linear
technology (Fig. 4). They are characterized transmission behavior (Fig. 8) are avail- 4 steel
by long operating distances, not only on able. Models with linear transmission 3
ferromagnetic metals, but also on all other behavior are in preparation.
metals having good conductivity, such as 2
These devices use Condist® tech-
aluminum, copper, brass, etc. Only nology (Fig. 2). They are characterized 1
metals which are both non-ferromagnetic by a very large sensing range, good
0 S [mm]
as well as having poor electrical conduc- accuracy, stability, and repeat accuracy, 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
tivity result in reduced operating distances. as well as low specimen scattering. Fig. 8
For good results, the target must have a
certain surface area, this technology being Sealed series E
less suitable for elongated geometries. The sealed series E is equipped with a stainless steel housing, an imperviously
bonded sapphire or ceramic disk at the sensing face, and polyurethane cable as
standard. In order to benefit from optimum impermeability, the LED and connector
versions have been dispensed with.
High-pressure-resistant series P
The main problem of any pressure-resistant proximity switch is that, in order to
achieve pressure resistance, a thick cover (usually of a ceramic material) on the sensing
face is necessary. The thickness of this cover reduces the device’s normal operating
distance, so that only a small usable operating distance, or even none at all, remains.
Because of this, devices are available on the market which have the oscillator coil on the
high-pressure side. On top of this, the sensing face is sometimes made of plastic. As a
result, when used in normal operating environments (hydraulic oils, high temperature,
cyclic pressure stress), reliability problems are unavoidable with this type of proximity
switch. CONTRINEX devices are constructed entirely differently, and such problems
do not occur. Using Condist® technology, the electronic modules are inserted into thick-
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
All-metal food and sea-water series
These devices work using Condet® technology (Fig. 4) and are a further develop-
ment of the series 700 all-metal switches. They are food safe and corrosion resistant
(V4A / AISI 316L / DIN 1.4435) and feature IP 68 + IP 69K.
Product overview 3
Series 300
Optical fibers
The delivery program includes sizes diameter 3 mm smooth and M4 in embeddable
execution. These are the smallest self-contained inductive proximity switches
available on the market with fully integrated evaluation electronics. These sizes,
introduced by CONTRINEX, are not yet standardized.
All devices are available in 3-wire DC,
NPN and PNP executions. Additionally,
walled stainless steel housings. Thanks the range contains devices with 2 wires 4
proximity switches
to their very long operating distance, it is according to NAMUR (DIN / EN 19234).
possible to employ a simple, robust, suffi- All 3-wire models are available in N.O.
Ultrasonic
ciently thick ceramic disk at the sensing and N.C. configurations; a LED output
face, without any support construction or state indicator is standard. In addition,
other artificial tricks. The whole electronic all the important protection functions
unit, ferrite core and coil included, is thus are built in, such as short-circuit and
found on the no-pressure side. The re- overload protection, full polarity reversal
maining usable operating distance is more
than sufficient. The assembly is shown
protection, induction protection, EMC pro-
tection, power-on reset, etc. (only partially
5
Connecting cables
in Fig. 9. for NAMUR devices). CE conformity is
achieved without the external protective circuit authorized according to the standard
ceramic disk
(EN 60947-5-2 / 7.2.3.1).
housing Series 400
The delivery program includes sizes
ferrite core diameter 4 mm smooth, M5 threaded, as
well as 5 x 5 x 25 mm rectangular with 6
through holes for fixing, all in embed-
Accessories
electronic module dable execution. A further device with
4 mm diameter is distinguished by its
very short length of only 10 mm (only in
NAMUR execution). Also introduced
by CONTRINEX, these sizes are now
Fig. 9 standardized for the most part.
The housing is heat shrunk onto the

All devices are available in 3-wire DC, NPN and PNP executions. Additionally, the
range contains devices with 2 wires according to NAMUR (DIN / EN 19234). All 3-wire
7
ceramic disk. Without any further mea- models are available in N.O. and N.C. configurations; a LED output state indicator is
sures, such as additional sealing, the union
Glossary
standard. In addition, all the important protection functions are built in, such as short-
produced by this force fit is mechanically circuit and overload protection, full polarity reversal protection, induction protection, EMC
very resistant and exceptionally imper- protection, power-on reset, etc. (only partially for NAMUR devices). CE conformity is
vious. This technology results in devices achieved without the external protective circuit authorized according to the standard
which are outstanding for applications (EN 60947-5-2 / 7.2.3.1).
where there is high dynamic pressure
stress. Series 420 8
High-temperature series The delivery program includes sizes diameter 6.5 mm smooth and M8. These devices
These devices are suitable for ap- are distinguished by their extremely short lengths. The execution with right-angled
Index
plications up to 140°C, 150°C, 180°C cable exit permits a further reduction in length. Introduced by CONTRINEX, these
(built-in amplifier) and 230°C (external sizes correspond to all relevant standards, with the exception of their length.
amplifier).
The devices are available in 3-wire DC NPN and PNP executions, in either N.O. or
N.C. configuration; a LED output state indicator is standard. In addition, all the important
protection functions are built in, such as short-circuit and overload protection, full polarity
reversal protection, induction protection, EMC protection, power-on reset, etc.
The range additionally includes devices with analog output. For most models, a
voltage output (0 ... 5 V or 0 ... 10 V) and a current output (1 ... 5 mA or 4 ... 20 mA)
are simultaneously available. For the moment, devices are available in sizes M8, M12,
M18, and M30 quasi-embeddable, as well as M30 non-embeddable.
Series 520
The 520 series devices are a further development of the 500 series. In addition to
All devices are available in 3-wire DC, the previously existing properties, they feature even longer operating distances. For
NPN and PNP executions. Additionally, the moment, sizes M8 and M12 are available.
the range contains devices with 2 wires
according to NAMUR (DIN / EN 19234). Series 600
All 3-wire models are available in N.O.
and N.C. configurations; a LED output Cylindrical housings
state indicator is standard. In addition, This range of proximity switches
all the important protection functions are comprises all widely used sizes from
built in, such as short-circuit and overload 6.5 mm smooth to M30, according to the
protection, full polarity reversal protection, standards IEC 60947-5-2 / EN 60947-5-2 and
induction protection, EMC protection, VDE 0660 part 208. All switches are available in
power-on reset, etc. (only partially for 3-wire DC, PNP and NPN versions, with cables
NAMUR devices). CE conformity is or connectors. Sizes M12, M18 and M30 are
achieved without the external protective also available as 2-wire AC/DC models (for
circuit authorized according to the standard 20 ... 265 VAC, or 20 ... 320 VDC) as well as
(EN 60947-5-2 / 7.2.3.1). 2-wire DC execution (for 10 ... 65 VDC). A LED
output state indicator is standard. In addition,
Series 500 all the important protection functions are built
The delivery program includes sizes in, such as short-circuit and overload protection
from diameter 4 mm to M30 in quasi-em- (3-wire DC models), full polarity reversal pro-
beddable (Ø 4 mm and M5 recess mount- tection, induction protection, EMC protection,
able) and non-embeddable executions. power-on reset, etc.
These sizes are standardized. Varying
Rectangular housings
from the standard, the series 500 offers
however greater operating distances In addition to the cylindrical models,
(2.2 ... 3 times the standard values). series 600 also includes rectangular types
in sizes 40 x 120 mm (IEC I1C40 / I2C40),
60 x 80 mm and 80 x 100 mm (IEC I2D80).
These are equipped with screw terminals
for easy connection. All types are avail-
able as 3-wire DC PNP models, and some
also as NPN models or as 2-wire UC (AC
/ DC) versions. In addition there are cubic
models 40 x 40 x 40 mm with connector,
available as 4-wire PNP or NPN, as well
as 2-wire UC. LED and protection circuitry
are as for cylindrical types. High-quality
plastic housings (mostly glass-fiber reinforced PBTP) ensure the excellent mechanical
stability of these switches.
Series 620
These proximity switches are a further development of the series 300, 400, 420 and
600 models, but having increased operating distances. Sizes 3 mm smooth to M18,
including C5 and C8 rectangular models, are currently available.
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Series 700 Sealed series E
At the present time, the delivery pro- At the present time, the delivery pro-
gram includes sizes M8, M12, M18, and gram includes sizes from 4 mm smooth
M30 in embeddable and non-embeddable to M8. The devices are intended for dif-
executions. Further sizes are in pre- ficult environmental conditions. They
paration. The available sizes are basically
standardized. Varying from the standard,
are equipped with a stainless steel hous-
ing imperviously bonded, by soldering or 3
the series 700 offers however long shrinking, to a sapphire or ceramic
Optical fibers
operating distances. These operating disk on the sensing face. Connection
distances are moreover also achieved is by means of a highly flexible cable
on the most important non-ferrous met- with a polyurethane sleeve. The electri-
als. Of further particular interest, is the cal properties are equivalent to those of
one-piece stainless steel housing, sensing the corresponding series 400 and 500
face included. devices. However, due to the thickness
of the disk, the operating distances are 4
proximity switches
somewhat shorter.
Ultrasonic
High-pressure-resistant series P
The delivery program includes different size devices for
operating pressures from 1,450 ... 7,250 psi. Their main
applications are in high-pressure hydraulic systems. They
have a stainless steel housing imperviously shrunk onto
a ceramic disk at the sensing face (Fig. 9). Connection is
by means of either a highly flexible cable with a polyure-
5
Connecting cables
thane sleeve, or an integrated connector. The electric
properties are equivalent to those of the corresponding
series 500 devices.
High-temperature series
The delivery program includes sizes from M8 to
M50 in embeddable and non-embeddable executions.
The devices are intended for demanding applications in
high-temperature areas, and are respectively suitable
6
The range includes devices of food- for ambient temperatures of up to 140 °C (280 °F), 150 °C (300 °F), 180 °C (350 °F) and
Accessories
safe and corrosion-resistant stainless steel 230 °C (440 °F). Executions up to 180 °C (350 °F) feature built-in amplifiers, and connec-
(V4A / AISI 316L / DIN 1.4435), featuring tion by means of a 2 m silicone or Teflon cable is standard. For 230 °C (440 °F) types, the
IP 68 + IP 69K degree of protection, for the amplifiers are built into an M12 stainless-steel housing, which is connected by means of a
food and pharmaceutical industries, as standard 3 m Teflon cable, and thus removed from the hot area.
well as for sea-water applications.
All devices are available in 3-wire Special executions
DC NPN and PNP executions. All 3-wire In addition to the types described in this catalog, a number of special executions 7
models are available in N.O. and N.C. con- are available, in particular devices with different cable lengths, different cable types
figurations; a LED output state indicator (e.g. with oil-resistant, highly flexible PUR insulation, or silicone cables), or different
Glossary
is standard. In addition, all the important housing materials (e.g. stainless steel).
protection functions are built in, such as
short-circuit and overload protection, full
polarity reversal protection, induction
CE mark
The inductive proximity switches in this catalog comply with the require-
protection, EMC protection, power-on
ments of European standards EN 60947-1 and EN 60947-5-2 and therefore cor-
reset, etc.
respond to the EMC guideline 89/336/EEC as well as the low-voltage guideline 8
73/23/EEC.
They are therefore provided throughout with the CE mark.
Index
SERIES 300 SERIES 620
Housing size Ø3 Ø3
Operating distance mm 0.6 0.6 1.0 1.0
Housing material Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
Connection 1) PUR cable type 1 PUR cable type 1 / Connec. S8 PUR cable type 1 PUR cable type 1 / Connec. S8
Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Mounting Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
Max. switching frequency 5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz
Technical data 2) Table 1 Table 5 Table 1 Table 5 Table 1 Table 1
Wiring 3) Diagram 1 Diagram 4 Diagram 1 Diagram 4 Diagram 1 Diagram 1
LED Built-in --- Built-in --- Built-in Built-in
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Output current ≤ 100 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 100 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 100 mA ≤ 100 mA
1)
Standard cable length 2 m.
Non-standard cable lengths
and types on request.
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
increased distance increased distance

Dimensions:
LED
(NAMUR
without) LED
LED
LED
(NAMUR
without)
Part references:
(bold: preferred types)
NPN N.O. DW-AD-301-03 DW-AS-301-03 DW-AD-621-03 DW-AS-621-03

NPN N.C. DW-AD-302-03 DW-AS-302-03 DW-AD-622-03 DW-AS-622-03
PNP N.O. DW-AD-303-03 DW-AS-303-03 DW-AD-623-03 DW-AS-623-03
PNP N.C. DW-AD-304-03 DW-AS-304-03 DW-AD-624-03 DW-AS-624-03
NAMUR DW-AD-305-03 DW-AS-305-03
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) A ... D A, B A ... D
* -13 ... +158 °F ** damped / non-damped
SERIES 300 SERIES 620 SERIES 400 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M4 M4 Ø4
0.6 0.6 1.0 1.0 0.8
Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
PUR cable type 1 PUR cable type 1 / Connec. S8 PUR cable type 1 PUR cable type 1 / Connec. S8 PVC cable type 2 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz
Table 1 Table 5 Table 1 Table 5 Table 1 Table 1 Table 1 Table 5
Diagram 1 Diagram 4 Diagram 1 Diagram 4 Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 4
Built-in --- Built-in --- Built-in Built-in Built-in ---
10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 3
-25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Optical fibers
≤ 100 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 100 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 100 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA**
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
LED
(NAMUR
without) LED
LED LED LED

6
(NAMUR (NAMUR
Accessories
without) without)
7
DW-AD-301-M4 DW-AS-301-M4 DW-AD-621-M4 DW-AS-621-M4 DW-AD-401-04
Glossary

DW-AD-305-M4 DW-AS-305-M4 DW-AD-405-04
A ... D A, B A ... D
8
* -13 ... +158 °F **damped / non-damped
Index
For all these products, you will find detailed data sheets, application notes, dimensional drawings, cross-reference lists, part references, new items,
special executions, extensive additional technical information, specifications concerning quality, safety and standards, as well as the addresses of our
agents, and much more besides, on our Internet website at www.contrinex.com. The website contents are constantly up-dated and extended.
SERIES 400 SERIES
Housing size Ø4 Ø4
Connection 1) PVC cable type 2 / Connec. S8 Connector S8 Single wires PVC cable type 2
Max. switching frequency 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 3,000 Hz
Technical data 2) Table 1 Table 1 Table 5 Table 5 Table 1
Wiring 3) Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 4 Diagram 4 Diagram 1
LED Built-in Built-in --- --- Built-in
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Output current ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 200 mA
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
increased distance
Dimensions:
LED
LED
(NAMUR LED
without)
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AS-401-04 DW-AD-621-04

NPN N.C. DW-AS-402-04 DW-AD-622-04
PNP N.O. DW-AV-403-04-236 DW-AS-403-04 DW-AD-623-04
PNP N.C. DW-AV-404-04-236 DW-AS-404-04 DW-AD-624-04
NAMUR DW-AS-405-04 DW-AD-405-04K
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) A ... D A ... D A, B
* -13 ... +158 °F ** damped / non-damped
620 SERIES 500 SERIES 400 1
proximity switches
Inductive
Ø4 M5
1.5 2.5 2.5 0.8 0.8
Connector S8 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
3,000 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz 5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz
Table 1 Table 1 Table 1 Table 1 Table 5 Table 1 Table 5
Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 4 Diagram 1 Diagram 4
Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in --- Built-in ---
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA**
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
increased distance long distance long distance
LED
LED LED
6
LED LED
Accessories
(NAMUR (NAMUR
without) without)
7
DW-AS-621-04 DW-AD-501-04*** DW-AS-501-04*** DW-AD-401-M5 DW-AS-401-M5
Glossary

DW-AD-405-M5 DW-AS-405-M5
A ... D A ... D A ... D A, B

8
* -13 ... +158 °F *** Please check availability ** damped / non-damped
Index
Housing size M5 M5
Connection 1) PVC cable type 2 Connector S8 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8
Max. switching frequency 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz
Technical data 2) Table 1 Table 1 Table 1 Table 1
Wiring 3) Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1
LED Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Output current ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
increased distance increased distance long distance long distance

Dimensions:
LED LED LED LED
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-621-M5 DW-AS-621-M5 DW-AD-501-M5*** DW-AS-501-M5***

NPN N.C. DW-AD-622-M5 DW-AS-622-M5 DW-AD-502-M5*** DW-AS-502-M5***
PNP N.O. DW-AD-623-M5 DW-AS-623-M5 DW-AD-503-M5*** DW-AS-503-M5***
PNP N.C. DW-AD-624-M5 DW-AS-624-M5 DW-AD-504-M5*** DW-AS-504-M5***
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) A ... D A ... D
* -13 ... +158 °F *** Please check availability
SERIES 400 SERIES 620 1
proximity switches
Inductive
5x5 5x5
0.8 0.8 1.5 1.5
Nickel-chrome-plated brass Nickel-chrome-plated brass Nickel-chrome-plated brass Nickel-chrome-plated brass
PUR cable type 1 PUR cable type 1 / Connector S8 PUR cable type 1 PUR cable type 1 / Connec. S8 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz
Table 1 Table 5 Table 1 Table 5 Table 1 Table 1
Diagram 1 Diagram 4 Diagram 1 Diagram 4 Diagram 1 Diagram 1
Built-in --- Built-in --- Built-in Built-in
10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 3
-25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
LED
(NAMUR
LED
without)
LED
(NAMUR
LED 6
without)
Accessories
7
DW-AD-401-C5 DW-AS-401-C5 DW-AD-621-C5 DW-AS-621-C5
Glossary

DW-AD-405-C5 DW-AS-405-C5
A ... D A, B A ... D
8
Index
Housing size Ø 6.5 Ø 6.5
Operating distance mm 1.5 1.5 1.5
Housing material Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
Connection 1) PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2
Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Mounting Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
LED Built-in --- Built-in --- Built-in
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
Output current ≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 200 mA
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions:
Ø 6,5 16
LED
(NAMUR
without)
16
Ø 6,5
11
LED
(NAMUR LED
without)
Ø 3,5 Ø 3,5
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-421-065 DW-AD-421-065-400 DW-AD-601-065-121

NPN N.C. DW-AD-422-065 DW-AD-422-065-400 DW-AD-602-065-121
PNP N.O. DW-AD-423-065 DW-AD-423-065-400 DW-AD-603-065-121
PNP N.C. DW-AD-424-065 DW-AD-424-065-400 DW-AD-604-065-121
NAMUR DW-AD-425-065 DW-AD-425-065-400
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4)
SERIES 600 SERIES 420 SERIES 600 1
proximity switches
Inductive
Ø 6.5 Ø 6.5 Ø 6.5
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8 Connector S8 Connector S8 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz
Built-in Built-in Built-in --- Built-in Built-in
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 3
-25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
LED
(NAMUR
without)
6
Accessories
LED
LED
7
DW-AD-601-065-122 DW-AD-601-065 DW-AS-421-065-001 DW-AS-601-065-123 DW-AS-601-065-124
Glossary

DW-AS-425-065-001
A ... D A, B A ... D A ... D

8
Index
Operating distance mm 1.5 1.5 2 2
Connection 1) Connector S8 Connector S12 PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2
Max. switching frequency 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146

Dimensions:
LED
LED
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AS-601-065-001 DW-AS-601-065 DW-AD-621-065-120 DW-AD-621-065-400

NPN N.C. DW-AS-602-065-001 DW-AS-602-065 DW-AD-622-065-120 DW-AD-622-065-400
PNP N.O. DW-AS-603-065-001 DW-AS-603-065 DW-AD-623-065-120 DW-AD-623-065-400
PNP N.C. DW-AS-604-065-001 DW-AS-604-065 DW-AD-624-065-120 DW-AD-624-065-400
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) A ... D G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
* -13 ... +158 °F
SERIES 620 1
proximity switches
Inductive
Ø 6.5
2 2 2 2 2
PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8 Connector S8 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz
Table 1 Table 1 Table 1 Table 1 Table 1
Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1
Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 3
-25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
increased distance increased distance increased distance increased distance increased distance
LED
(4x)
6
LED
Accessories
LED
LED
7
DW-AD-621-065-121 DW-AD-621-065-122 DW-AD-621-065 DW-AS-621-065-129 DW-AS-621-065-123
Glossary

A ... D A ... D
8
* -13 ... +158 °F
Index
SERIES 620 SERIES
Operating distance mm 2 2 2 3
Housing material Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Chrome-plated brass
Connection 1) Connector S8 Connector S8 Connector S12 PVC cable type 2
Mounting Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Quasi-embeddable
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
increased distance increased distance increased distance long distance

Dimensions:
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AS-621-065-124 DW-AS-621-065-001 DW-AS-621-065 DW-AD-501-065

NPN N.C. DW-AS-622-065-124 DW-AS-622-065-001 DW-AS-622-065 DW-AD-502-065
PNP N.O. DW-AS-623-065-124 DW-AS-623-065-001 DW-AS-623-065 DW-AD-503-065
PNP N.C. DW-AS-624-065-124 DW-AS-624-065-001 DW-AS-624-065 DW-AD-504-065
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) A ... D A ... D G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
* -13 ... +158 °F
500 S 600 SERIES 620 1
proximity switches
Inductive
Ø 6.5 Ø8 Ø8
3 3 1.5 2
Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Stainless steel V2A Chrome-plated brass
Connector S8 Connector S12 Connector S12 PVC cable type 2 / Connector S8 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 3,000 Hz
Table 1 Table 1 Table 1 Table 1
Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 2 Diagram 1
Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 3
-25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
long distance long distance increased distance
Ø8
Ø8 16
LED
6
200
Ø 3,5
60
Accessories
Ø 10,5
LED
(4x)
22
8
M8x1
M12x1
7
DW-AS-501-065-001 DW-AS-501-065
DW-AS-502-065-001 DW-AS-502-065
Glossary
DW-AS-503-065-001 DW-AS-503-065 DW-AS-603-080-168 DW-AV-623-080-236

DW-AS-504-065-001 DW-AS-504-065
A ... D G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N A ... D

8
* -13 ... +158 °F
Index
S420 SERIES 600
Housing size M8 M8
Connection 1) PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2
LED Built-in --- Built-in Built-in Built-in
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
Output current ≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions:
LED
(NAMUR
without)
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-421-M8 DW-AD-601-M8-121 DW-AD-601-M8-122 DW-AD-601-M8

NPN N.C. DW-AD-422-M8 DW-AD-602-M8-121 DW-AD-602-M8-122 DW-AD-602-M8
PNP N.O. DW-AD-423-M8 DW-AD-603-M8-121 DW-AD-603-M8-122 DW-AD-603-M8
PNP N.C. DW-AD-424-M8 DW-AD-604-M8-121 DW-AD-604-M8-122 DW-AD-604-M8
NAMUR DW-AD-425-M8
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
proximity switches
Inductive
M8 M8
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
Connector S8 Connector S8 Connector S8 Connector S8 Connector S12 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
5,000 Hz 10,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz
Built-in --- Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 1 / ≥ 2.2 mA** ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
M8x1
4
19,5
SW13
39
LED
(4x)
6
19,5
LED
Accessories
(NAMUR
8
without)
M12x1
7
DW-AS-421-M8-001 DW-AS-601-M8-123 DW-AS-601-M8-124 DW-AS-601-M8-001 DW-AS-601-M8-120 DW-AS-601-M8
DW-AS-422-M8-001 DW-AS-602-M8-123 DW-AS-602-M8-124 DW-AS-602-M8-001 DW-AS-602-M8
Glossary
DW-AS-423-M8-001 DW-AS-603-M8-123 DW-AS-603-M8-124 DW-AS-603-M8-001 DW-AS-603-M8-120 DW-AS-603-M8

DW-AS-425-M8-001
A ... D A, B A ... D A ... D A ... D G ... N G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)

8
Index
SERIES 620
Housing size M8
Connection 1) PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
increased distance increased distance increased distance increased distance

Dimensions:
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-621-M8-120 DW-AD-621-M8-121 DW-AD-621-M8-122 DW-AD-621-M8

NPN N.C. DW-AD-622-M8-120 DW-AD-622-M8-121 DW-AD-622-M8-122 DW-AD-622-M8
PNP N.O. DW-AD-623-M8-120 DW-AD-623-M8-121 DW-AD-623-M8-122 DW-AD-623-M8
PNP N.C. DW-AD-624-M8-120 DW-AD-624-M8-121 DW-AD-624-M8-122 DW-AD-624-M8
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
* -13 ... +158 °F
SERIES 620 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M8
2 2 2 2 2
Connector S8 Connector S8 Connector S8 Connector S8 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
increased distance increased distance increased distance increased distance increased distance
Accessories
7
Glossary

A ... D A ... D A ... D A ... D G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)

8
* -13 ... +158 °F
Index
SERIES 600
Housing size M8
Connection 1) PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8
Mounting Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions: M8x1 M8x1 M8x1

3
3
4
15,5
4
4
22
19
30
32
SW13
27
SW13
13,5
SW13
LED
LED (4x)
Ø 3,5
Ø 3,5 LED
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-611-M8-121 DW-AD-611-M8-122 DW-AD-611-M8 DW-AS-611-M8-123

NPN N.C. DW-AD-612-M8-121 DW-AD-612-M8-122 DW-AD-612-M8 DW-AS-612-M8-123
PNP N.O. DW-AD-613-M8-121 DW-AD-613-M8-122 DW-AD-613-M8 DW-AS-613-M8-123
PNP N.C. DW-AD-614-M8-121 DW-AD-614-M8-122 DW-AD-614-M8 DW-AS-614-M8-123
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) A ... D
* -13 ... +158 °F
proximity switches
M8 M8
Inductive
2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3
Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connector S8 Connector S8 Connector S12 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable
3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz
Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
long distance long distance long distance
M8x1 M8x1
3
3
4
23,5
28,5
6
40
45
SW13
SW13
13,5
Accessories
LED
13,5
(4x) LED
(4x)
7
DW-AS-611-M8-124 DW-AS-611-M8-001 DW-AS-611-M8 DW-AD-501-M8 DW-AS-501-M8-001 DW-AS-501-M8
Glossary

A ... D A ... D G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) A ... D G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
8
* -13 ... +158 °F
Index
Housing size M8 M8
Housing material Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connection 1) PUR cable type 3 Connector S8 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8
Mounting Embeddable Embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable
Max. switching frequency 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
1)
Standard cable length 2 m. 850 psi 850 psi
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
all-metal all-metal 4 x distance 4 x distance

Dimensions: M8x1
4
SW 13
60
Ø 6,5
6 8,5
LED (4x)
Part references:
(bold: preferred types) M8x1
NPN N.O. DW-AD-701-M8** DW-AS-701-M8-001** DW-AD-521-M8 DW-AS-521-M8-001

NPN N.C. DW-AD-702-M8** DW-AS-702-M8-001** DW-AD-522-M8 DW-AS-522-M8-001
PNP N.O. DW-AD-703-M8** DW-AS-703-M8-001** DW-AD-523-M8 DW-AS-523-M8-001
PNP N.C. DW-AD-704-M8** DW-AS-704-M8-001** DW-AD-524-M8 DW-AS-524-M8-001
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) A ... D A ... D
* -13 ... +158 °F **Please check availability
proximity switches
M8 M8
Inductive
4 4 4 6 6 6
Chrome-plated brass Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connector S12 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Quasi-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
4 x distance increased distance increased distance long distance long distance long distance
M8x1
3
4
28,5
6
45
SW13
Accessories
13,5
LED
(4x)
7
DW-AS-521-M8 DW-AD-631-M8 DW-AS-631-M8-001 DW-AD-511-M8 DW-AS-511-M8-001 DW-AS-511-M8
Glossary

G ... N (N.O); K...N (N.C.) A ... D A ... D G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
8
* -13 ... +158 °F
Index
SERIES 700 SERIES
Housing size M8 8x8
Operating distance mm 6 6 1.5
Housing material Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Nickel-plated brass
Connection 1) PUR cable type 3 Connector S8 PVC cable type 2
Mounting Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Embeddable
Max. switching frequency 500 Hz 500 Hz 5,000 Hz
Technical data 2) Table 1 Table 1 Table 1
Wiring 3) Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1
LED Built-in Built-in Built-in
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Output current ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
1)
Standard cable length 2 m. 850 psi 850 psi
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
all-metal all-metal
Dimensions: M8x1
4
4
60
SW 13
Ø 6,5
8,5
LED (4x)
Part references:
M8x1
NPN N.O. DW-AD-711-M8** DW-AS-711-M8-001** DW-AD-601-C8

NPN N.C. DW-AD-712-M8** DW-AS-712-M8-001** DW-AD-602-C8
PNP N.O. DW-AD-713-M8** DW-AS-713-M8-001** DW-AD-603-C8
PNP N.C. DW-AD-714-M8** DW-AS-714-M8-001** DW-AD-604-C8
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) A ... D
* -13 ... +158 °F **Please check availability
600 SERIES 620 SERIES 500 1
proximity switches
Inductive
8x8 8x8 8x8
1.5 2 2 3 3
Nickel-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connector S8 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8 PVC cable type 2 Connector S8 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable
5,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
increased distance increased distance long distance long distance
8x8 3 8x8 3 8x8 3 8x8 3
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
37
6
20
20
20
20
35
45
45
45
Accessories
M3 M3 M3 M3
LED
Ø 3,5
LED LED (4x) LED
9
9
9
(4x) (4x)
7
DW-AS-601-C8-001 DW-AD-621-C8 DW-AS-621-C8-001 DW-AD-501-C8 DW-AS-501-C8
Glossary

A ... D A ... D A ... D

8
* -13 ... +158 °F
Index
SERIES 600
Housing size M12
Housing material Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connection 1) PVC cable type 8 PVC cable type 8 PUR cable type 5 Connector S12
Max. switching frequency 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 25Hz (AC)/1,200Hz (DC) 3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz
Technical data 2) Table 1 Table 11 Table 1 Table 11 Table 4 Table 1 Table 11
Wiring 3) Diagram 1 Diagram 7 Diagram 1 Diagram 7 Diagram 3 Diagram 2 Diagram 7
LED Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20...265VAC/20...320VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +85 °C** -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Output current ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions:
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-601-M12-120 DW-AD-601-M12 DW-AS-601-M12-120

NPN N.C. DW-AD-602-M12-120 DW-AD-602-M12 DW-AS-602-M12-120
PNP N.O. DW-AD-603-M12-120 DW-AD-603-M12 DW-AS-603-M12-120
PNP N.C. DW-AD-604-M12-120 DW-AD-604-M12 DW-AS-604-M12-120
DC 2-wire N.O. DW-DD-605-M12-120 DW-DD-605-M12 DW-DS-605-M12-120
AC/DC 2-wire N.O. DW-AD-607-M12
AC/DC 2-wire N.C. DW-AD-608-M12
Compatible connectors 4) G...N (N.O.);K...N (N.C.) G ... N
* -13 ... +158 °F ** -13 ... +185 °F
SERIES 600 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M12
2 2 4 4
Chrome-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connector S12 Connector S12 PVC cable type 8 PVC cable type 8 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Embeddable Embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
3,000 Hz 3,000 Hz 25Hz (AC)/1,200Hz (DC) 2,000 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,000 Hz 2,500 Hz
Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
20...265VAC/20...320VDC
-25 ... +85 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
6
Accessories
7
DW-AS-601-M12 DW-AD-611-M12-120 DW-AD-611-M12
Glossary

DW-DS-605-M12 DW-DD-615-M12-120 DW-DD-615-M12
DW-AS-607-M12
G...N (N.O.); K...N (N.C.) G ... N

DW-AS-608-M12
M, N
8
* -13 ... +158 °F ** -13 ... +185 °F
Index
SERIES 600
Housing size M12
Housing material Nickel-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Nickel-plated brass
Connection 1) PUR cable type 5 Connector S12 Connector S12 Connector S12
Mounting Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
Max. switching frequency 25 Hz (AC) / 900 Hz (DC) 2,000 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,000 Hz 2,500 Hz 25 Hz (AC) / 900 Hz (DC)
LED Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
Supply voltage range 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20...265 VAC/20...320 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +85 °C** -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +85 °C**
Output current ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions:
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AS-611-M12-120 DW-AS-611-M12

NPN N.C. DW-AS-612-M12-120 DW-AS-612-M12
PNP N.O. DW-AS-613-M12-120 DW-AS-613-M12
PNP N.C. DW-AS-614-M12-120 DW-AS-614-M12
DC 2-wire N.O. DW-DS-615-M12-120 DW-DS-615-M12
AC/DC 2-wire N.O. DW-AD-617-M12 DW-AS-617-M12
AC/DC 2-wire N.C. DW-AD-618-M12 DW-AS-618-M12
Compatible connectors 4) G...N (N.O.);K...N (N.C.) G ... N G...N (N.O.);K...N (N.C.) G ... N M, N
** -13 ... +185 °F * -13 ... +158 °F
SERIES 620 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M12
4 4 4 4
Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
PVC cable type 8 PVC cable type 8 Connector S12 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
2,500 Hz 2,000 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,000 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,000 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,000 Hz
Table 1 Table 11 Table 1 Table 11 Table 1 Table 11 Table 1 Table 11
Diagram 1 Diagram 7 Diagram 1 Diagram 7 Diagram 2 Diagram 7 Diagram 2 Diagram 7
Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
increased distance increased distance increased distance increased distance
Accessories
7
DW-AD-621-M12-120 DW-AD-621-M12 DW-AS-621-M12-120 DW-AS-621-M12
Glossary

DW-DD-625-M12-120 DW-DD-625-M12 DW-DS-625-M12-120 DW-DS-625-M12
G...N (N.O.);K...N (N.C.) G ... N G...N (N.O.);K...N (N.C.) G ... N

8
* -13 ... +158 °F
Index
Housing size M12 M12
Operating distance mm 6 6 6 6 6* 6*
Housing material Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
Connection 1) PVC cable type 8 PVC cable type 8 Connector S12 Connector S12 PUR cable type 11 Connector S12
Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 68 IP 67
Mounting Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
Max. switching frequency 800 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C**
1)
Standard cable length 2 m. 1,150 psi 1,150 psi
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
long distance long distance long distance long distance all-metal all-metal
Dimensions:
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-501-M12-120 DW-AD-501-M12 DW-AS-501-M12-120 DW-AS-501-M12 DW-AD-701-M12 DW-AS-701-M12

NPN N.C. DW-AD-502-M12-120 DW-AD-502-M12 DW-AS-502-M12-120 DW-AS-502-M12 DW-AD-702-M12 DW-AS-702-M12
PNP N.O. DW-AD-503-M12-120 DW-AD-503-M12 DW-AS-503-M12-120 DW-AS-503-M12 DW-AD-703-M12 DW-AS-703-M12
PNP N.C. DW-AD-504-M12-120 DW-AD-504-M12 DW-AS-504-M12-120 DW-AS-504-M12 DW-AD-704-M12 DW-AS-704-M12
DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) G...N (N.O.); K...N (N.C.) G...N (N.O.); K...N (N.C.) G...N (N.O.); K...N (N.C.)
** -13 ... +158 °F * versions with 2 mm operating distance
on request
proximity switches
Inductive
M12 M12
8 8 10 10 10 10
Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
PVC cable type 8 Connector S12 PVC cable type 8 PVC cable type 8 Connector S12 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
4 x distance 4 x distance long distance long distance long distance long distance
Accessories
7
DW-AD-521-M12 DW-AS-521-M12 DW-AD-511-M12-120 DW-AD-511-M12 DW-AS-511-M12-120 DW-AS-511-M12
Glossary

G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
8
** -13 ... +158 °F
Index
Operating distance mm 10* 10* 5
Housing material Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Chrome-plated brass
Connection 1) PUR cable type 11 Connector S12 PVC cable type 8
Mounting Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Embeddable
Max. switching frequency 400 Hz 400 Hz 2,000 Hz 1,500 Hz
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C**
1)
Standard cable length 2 m. 1,150 psi 1,150 psi
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
all-metal all-metal
Dimensions:
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-711-M12 DW-AS-711-M12 DW-AD-601-M18-120

NPN N.C. DW-AD-712-M12 DW-AS-712-M12 DW-AD-602-M18-120
PNP N.O. DW-AD-713-M12 DW-AS-713-M12 DW-AD-603-M18-120
PNP N.C. DW-AD-714-M12 DW-AS-714-M12 DW-AD-604-M18-120
DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.O. DW-DD-605-M18-120
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
* versions with 4 mm operating distance on request ** -13 ... +158 °F
SERIES 600 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M18
5 5 5 5
Chrome-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
PVC cable type 8 PUR cable type 5 Connector S12 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
2,000 Hz 1,500 Hz 25 Hz (AC) / 490 Hz (DC) 2,000 Hz 1,500 Hz 2,000 Hz 1,500 Hz
Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C**
20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C***
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
6
Accessories
7
DW-AD-601-M18 DW-AS-601-M18-120 DW-AS-601-M18-002
Glossary

DW-DD-605-M18 DW-DS-605-M18-120 DW-DS-605-M18-002
DW-AD-607-M18
DW-AD-608-M18
G...N (N.O.); K...N (N.C.) G ... N G...N (N.O.); K...N (N.C.) G ... N
8
** -13 ... +158 °F *** -13 ... +185 °F
Index
SERIES 600
Housing size M18
Operating distance mm 5 8 8
Housing material Nickel-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connection 1) Connector S12 PVC cable type 8 PVC cable type 8
Mounting Embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
Max. switching frequency 25 Hz (AC) / 490 Hz (DC) 1,400 Hz 1,200 Hz 1,400 Hz 1,200 Hz
LED Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
Supply voltage range 20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +85 °C** -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C* -25 ... +70 °C*
Output current ≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions: M18x1
4
55
58,5
SW24
69
LED
(4x)
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-611-M18-120 DW-AD-611-M18

NPN N.C. DW-AD-612-M18-120 DW-AD-612-M18
PNP N.O. DW-AD-613-M18-120 DW-AD-613-M18
PNP N.C. DW-AD-614-M18-120 DW-AD-614-M18
DC 2-wire N.O. DW-DD-615-M18-120 DW-DD-615-M18
AC/DC 2-wire N.O. DW-AS-607-M18-002
AC/DC 2-wire N.C. DW-AS-608-M18-002
Compatible connectors 4) M, N
** -13 ... +185 °F * -13 ... +158 °F
SERIES 600 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M18
8 8 8
Nickel-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
PUR cable type 5 Connector S12 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
25 Hz (AC) / 340 Hz (DC) 1,400 Hz 1,200 Hz 1,400 Hz 1,200 Hz
20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
M18x1
10,5
4
6
54
SW24
Accessories
LED
Ø 4,5
7
DW-AS-611-M18-120 DW-AS-611-M18-002
DW-AS-612-M18-120 DW-AS-612-M18-002
Glossary
DW-AS-613-M18-120 DW-AS-613-M18-002
DW-AS-614-M18-120 DW-AS-614-M18-002
DW-DS-615-M18-120 DW-DS-615-M18-002
DW-AD-617-M18
DW-AD-618-M18
G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N
8
** -13 ... +185 °F * -13 ... +158 °F
Index
600 SERIES 620
Housing material Nickel-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connection 1) Connector S12 PVC cable type 8 PVC cable type 8
Mounting Non-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable
Max. switching frequency 25 Hz (AC) / 340 Hz (DC) 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz
Wiring 3)
Supply voltage range 20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +85 °C*** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C**
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146

Dimensions:
M18x1
10,5
55
58,5
4
69
SW24
LED
(4x)
Part references:

DC 2-wire N.O. DW-DD-625-M18-120 DW-DD-625-M18
AC/DC 2-wire N.O. DW-AS-617-M18-002
AC/DC 2-wire N.C. DW-AS-618-M18-002
Compatible connectors 4) M, N
*** -13 ... +185 °F ** -13 ... +158 °F
proximity switches
Inductive
M18 M18
8 8 10* 10*
Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
Connector S12 Connector S12 PUR cable type 11 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 68 IP 67
Photoelectric
Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
850 psi 850 psi
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
increased distance increased distance all-metal all-metal
Accessories
7
DW-AS-621-M18-120 DW-AS-621-M18-002 DW-AD-701-M18 DW-AS-701-M18-002
Glossary

DW-DS-625-M18-120 DW-DS-625-M18-002
G...N (N.O.); K...N (N.C.) G ... N G...N (N.O.); K...N (N.C.) G ... N G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
8
** -13 ... +158 °F * versions with 5 mm operating distance on request
Index
SERIES 500
Housing size M18
Housing material Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connection 1) PVC cable type 8 PVC cable type 8 Connector S12 Connector S12
Mounting Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C**
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
long distance long distance long distance long distance

Dimensions: M18x1 M18x1
4
4
SW 24
34
Ø 16,4
48,5
LED SW 24
63,5
3
(4x)
LED
13,5
11
11,5
Ø 16
M12x1
12
8
M12x1
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-501-M18-120 DW-AD-501-M18 DW-AS-501-M18-120 DW-AS-501-M18-002

NPN N.C. DW-AD-502-M18-120 DW-AD-502-M18 DW-AS-502-M18-120 DW-AS-502-M18-002
PNP N.O. DW-AD-503-M18-120 DW-AD-503-M18 DW-AS-503-M18-120 DW-AS-503-M18-002
PNP N.C. DW-AD-504-M18-120 DW-AD-504-M18 DW-AS-504-M18-120 DW-AS-504-M18-002
DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
** -13 ... +158 °F
proximity switches
Inductive
M18 M18
20 20 20 20 20* 20*
Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
PVC cable type 8 PVC cable type 8 Connector S12 Connector S12 PUR cable type 11 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 68 IP 67
Photoelectric
Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
200 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
850 psi 850 psi
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
long distance long distance long distance long distance all-metal all-metal
M18x1 M18x1
SW 24
10
SW 24
10
4
34
Ø 16,4
48,5
6
4
LED
63,5
3
(4x)
LED
13,5
11
Accessories
8
11,5
Ø 16
M12x1
12
M12x1
7
DW-AD-511-M18-120 DW-AD-511-M18 DW-AS-511-M18-120 DW-AS-511-M18-002 DW-AD-711-M18 DW-AS-711-M18-002
Glossary

8
Index
SERIES 600
Housing size M30
Housing material Nickel-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Nickel-plated brass
Connection 1) PUR cable type 5 PVC cable type 8 PUR cable type 5
Max. switching frequency 300 Hz 850 Hz 600 Hz 25 Hz (AC) / 200 Hz (DC)
Supply voltage range 15 ... 34 VDC* 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) -25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F) -25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F) -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
Output current ≤ 200 mA / ≤ 150 mA** ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 300 mA
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions:
Part references:

DC 2-wire N.O. DW-DD-605-M30***
* 10 ... 30 VDC versions in preparation ** 50 °C / 85 °C (122 °F / 185 °F) *** Please check availability
SERIES 600 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M30
10 10 10 15
Nickel-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated brass
Connector S12 Connector S12 Connector S12 PUR cable type 5 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Non-embeddable
300 Hz 850 Hz 600 Hz 25 Hz (AC) / 200 Hz (DC) 300 Hz
15 ... 34 VDC* 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC 15 ... 34 VDC*
-25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) -25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F) -25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F) -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA / ≤ 150 mA** ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA / ≤ 150 mA**
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
6
Future housing length: 48.5 mm Accessories

7
DW-AS-601-M30-120 DW-AS-601-M30-002 DW-AD-611-M30-120
Glossary

DW-DS-605-M30-002***
DW-AS-607-M30-002
G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N

DW-AS-608-M30-002
M, N
8
* 10 ... 30 VDC versions in preparation ** 50 °C / 85 °C (122 °F / 185 °F) *** Please check availability
Index
SERIES 600
Housing size M30
Housing material Chrome-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated brass
Connection 1) PVC cable type 8 PUR cable type 5 Connector S12
Mounting Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
Max. switching frequency 850 Hz 500 Hz 25 Hz (AC) / 220 Hz (DC) 300 Hz
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC 15 ... 34 VDC**
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F) -25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F) -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
Output current ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA / ≤ 150 mA***
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions:
Part references:
(bold: preferred types) Future housing length: 48.5 mm
NPN N.O. DW-AD-611-M30 DW-AS-611-M30-120

NPN N.C. DW-AD-612-M30 DW-AS-612-M30-120
PNP N.O. DW-AD-613-M30 DW-AS-613-M30-120
PNP N.C. DW-AD-614-M30 DW-AS-614-M30-120
DC 2-wire N.O. DW-DD-615-M30****
Compatible connectors 4) G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
** 10 ... 30 VDC versions in preparation *** 50 °C / 85 °C (122 °F / 185 °F) **** Please check availability
proximity switches
Inductive
M30 M30
15 15 20* 20*
Chrome-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
Connector S12 Connector S12 PUR cable type 11 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 68 IP 67
Photoelectric
Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
850 Hz 500 Hz 25 Hz (AC) / 220 Hz (DC) 100 Hz 100 Hz
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F) -25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F) -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F) -25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F)
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
600 psi 600 psi
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
all-metal all-metal
M30x1,5
16
58,5
55
6
5
69
SW36
Accessories
LED
(4x)
7
DW-AS-611-M30-002 DW-AD-701-M30 DW-AS-701-M30-002
Glossary

DW-DS-615-M30-002****
DW-AS-617-M30-002
G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N

DW-AS-618-M30-002
M, N G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
8
**** Please check availability * versions with 10 mm operating distance on request
Index
SERIES 500
Housing size M30
Operating distance mm 22 22 22 22 40
Housing material Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connection 1) PVC cable type 8 PVC cable type 8 Connector S12 Connector S12 PVC cable type 8
Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Mounting Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Non-embeddable
Max. switching frequency 200 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz 100 Hz
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C** -25 ... +70 °C**
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
long distance long distance long distance long distance long distance
Dimensions: M30x1,5 M30x1,5
5
5
SW 36
45
48,5
SW 36
73,5
13,5
LED
11
(4x)
LED
11,5
M12x1 Ø 27,5
12
M12x1
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-501-M30-120 DW-AD-501-M30 DW-AS-501-M30-120 DW-AS-501-M30-002 DW-AD-511-M30-120

NPN N.C. DW-AD-502-M30-120 DW-AD-502-M30 DW-AS-502-M30-120 DW-AS-502-M30-002 DW-AD-512-M30-120
PNP N.O. DW-AD-503-M30-120 DW-AD-503-M30 DW-AS-503-M30-120 DW-AS-503-M30-002 DW-AD-513-M30-120
PNP N.C. DW-AD-504-M30-120 DW-AD-504-M30 DW-AS-504-M30-120 DW-AS-504-M30-002 DW-AD-514-M30-120
DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)
** -13 ... +158 °F
proximity switches
Inductive
M30 M30
40 40 40 40* 40*
Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
PVC cable type 8 Connector S12 Connector S12 PUR cable type 11 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 68 IP 67
Photoelectric
Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +70 °C**
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
600 psi 600 psi
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
long distance long distance long distance all-metal all-metal
M30x1,5 M30x1,5
SW 36
10
10
5
48,5
44
5
6
73,5
SW 36
13,5
LED
11
(4x)
LED
11,5
M12x1 Ø 27,5
Accessories
12
M12x1
7
DW-AD-511-M30 DW-AS-511-M30-120 DW-AS-511-M30-002 DW-AD-711-M30 DW-AS-711-M30-002
Glossary

8
Index
SERIES 600
Housing size 40x40
Housing material PBTP PBTP PBTP
Connection 1) Connector S12 Connector S12 Connector S12
Max. switching frequency 50 Hz 25 Hz (AC) / 50 Hz (DC) 30 Hz
Supply voltage range 15 ... 34 VDC 20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC 15 ... 34 VDC
Output current ≤ 200 mA / ≤ 150 mA** ≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA / ≤ 150 mA**
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions: LED LED

46
55
69
5,3 x 7,3
30
40 40
Part references:
(bold: preferred types) Sensing face can be rotated to 5 different sides.
NPN N.O. + N.C. DW-AS-601-C44 DW-AS-601-C44-304
PNP N.O. + N.C. DW-AS-603-C44 DW-AS-603-C44-304
DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.O. DW-AS-607-C44
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) M, N G ... N M, N
* -13 ... +185 °F ** 50 °C / 85 °C (122 °F / 185 °F)
SERIES 600 1
proximity switches
Inductive
40x40
35 35
PBTP PBTP
Connector S12 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
30 Hz 25 Hz (AC) / 30 Hz (DC)
Table 8 Table 9
Diagram 6 Diagram 3
Built-in Built-in
15 ... 34 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C*
20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 200 mA / ≤ 150 mA** ≤ 300 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
LED LED
46
55
6
69
5,3 x 7,3
Accessories
30
40 40
Sensing face can be rotated to 5 different sides.
7
DW-AS-611-C44
Glossary
DW-AS-613-C44
DW-AS-617-C44
M, N G ... N
8
* -13 ... +185 °F ** 50 °C / 85 °C (122 °F / 185 °F)
Index
SERIES 600
Housing size 40x120
Housing material PBTP PBTP PBTP
Connection 1) Screw terminal Screw terminal Screw terminal
Mounting Embeddable Embeddable Non-embeddable
Max. switching frequency 100 Hz 25 Hz (AC) / 150 Hz (DC) 20 Hz
Supply voltage range 15 ... 34 VDC 20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC
Output current ≤ 200 mA / ≤ 150 mA** ≤ 300 mA ≤ 300 mA
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions:
LED LED LED

yel grn yellow yel grn
Part references:
(bold: preferred types) Sensing face can be rotated to 5 different sides. Sensing face can be rotated to 5 different sides. Sensing face can be rotated to 5 different sides.
NPN N.O. DW-AD-601-C40

NPN N.C.
PNP N.O. DW-AD-603-C40 DW-AD-613-C40 ***
PNP N.C.
DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.O. DW-AD-607-C40 ***
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
* -13 ... +185 °F ** 50 °C / 85 °C (122 °F / 185 °F) *** N.O. / N.C. switchable
SERIES 600 1
proximity switches
Inductive
60x80 80x100
50 65
PBTP PBTP
Screw terminal Screw terminal 2
proximity switches
IP 65 IP 65
Photoelectric
Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
20 Hz 10 Hz
Table 3 Table 3
Diagram 2 Diagram 2
Built-in Built-in
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C*
10 ... 65 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C*
3
Optical fibers
≤ 300 mA ≤ 300 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
green LED yellow green LED yellow
Accessories
7
Glossary
DW-AD-613-C60 *** DW-AD-613-C80 ***
8
*** N.O. / N.C. switchable
Index
HIGH-PRESSURE-RESISTANT
Housing size P12
Operating distance mm 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Max. operating pressure 7,250 psi 7,250 psi 7,250 psi 7,250 psi 7,250 psi 7,250 psi
Housing material Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
Sensing face Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2
Connection 1) PUR cable type 3 PUR cable type 3 PUR cable type 3 Connector S12 Connector S12 Connector S12
Mounting Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
LED --- --- --- --- --- ---
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C*
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1

M12x1
Dimensions: Ø10e7 Ø10e7 Ø10e7 Ø10e7 Ø10e7 Ø10e7
O-Ring O-Ring O-Ring O-Ring O-Ring

O-Ring
7,4
7,4
7,4
7,4
7,4
7,4
12,9
14,9
17,9
17,9
18
18
SW17 SW17 SW17 SW17 SW17

43
47
51
SW10 SW17
56
SW10
56
69
SW10 SW10 SW10
78
5
Ø 3,5 Ø 3,5
SW10
Part references:
9
(bold: preferred types) Ø 3,5
NPN N.O. DW-AD-501-P12-639 DW-AD-501-P12-625 DW-AD-501-P12-627 DW-AS-501-P12-624 DW-AS-501-P12-630 DW-AS-501-P12

NPN N.C.
PNP N.O. DW-AD-503-P12-639 DW-AD-503-P12-625 DW-AD-503-P12-627 DW-AS-503-P12-624 DW-AS-503-P12-630 DW-AS-503-P12
PNP N.C. DW-AS-504-P12
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
Compatible connectors 4) G ... N G ... N G...N (N.0.); K...N (N.C.)
* -13 ... +176 °F
SERIES P 1
proximity switches
Inductive
P12 P18 P20
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3
7,250 psi 7,250 psi 7,250 psi 7,250 psi 7,250 psi 7,250 psi 7,250 psi
Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V4A Stainless steel V4A 2
proximity switches
Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2
Photoelectric
Connector S12 Connector S12 Connector S12 Connector S12 Connector S12 PUR cable type 11 Connector S12
IP 68 IP 68 IP 68 IP 68 IP 68 IP 68 IP 68
Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
600 Hz 600 Hz 600 Hz 600 Hz 800 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
Diagram 2
---
Diagram 2
---
Diagram 2
---
Diagram 2
---
Diagram 2
---
Diagram 1
---
Diagram 2
---
3
10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
Optical fibers
-25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C* -25 ... +80 °C*
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M18x1 Ø12,3 Ø12,3
Ø10e7 Ø10e7 Ø10e7 Ø10e7 Ø 15f7
6,6
O-Ring O-Ring O-Ring O-Ring

7,4
7,4
7,4
7,4
12,9
12,9
25,5  0,05
17,9
17,9
18,6
15
18,6
6
30
30
SW17 SW17 SW17
3,8
SW17
M14x1,5
M14x1,5
55,5
56,5
60
65
2,3
120
2,3
Accessories
75
75
78
SW19
SW19
138
SW10
93
93
13,5
SW10 SW10 SW10

M12x1
10
6,5
M12
Ø5
7
DW-AS-501-P12-627 DW-AS-501-P12-621 DW-AS-501-P12-635 DW-AS-501-P12-622 DW-AS-501-P18 DW-AD-501-P20 DW-AS-501-P20
Glossary
DW-AS-503-P12-627 DW-AS-503-P12-621 DW-AS-503-P12-635 DW-AS-503-P12-622 DW-AS-503-P18 DW-AD-503-P20 DW-AS-503-P20

DW-AS-504-P20
G ... N G ... N G ... N G ... N G ... N G...N (N.0.); K...N (N.C.)

8
* -13 ... +176 °F
Index
SEALED SERIES E
Housing size Ø4 M5 Ø 6.5 M8
Max. operating pressure 300 psi 300 psi 300 psi 300 psi
Sensing face Sapphire Sapphire Ceramic ZrO2 Ceramic ZrO2
Connection 1) PUR cable type 3 PUR cable type 3 PUR cable type 3 PUR cable type 3
LED --- --- --- ---
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions:
Ø4
25
Ø 3,5
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-AD-401-04E DW-AD-401-M5E DW-AD-501-065E DW-AD-501-M8E

NPN N.C.
PNP N.O. DW-AD-403-04E DW-AD-403-M5E DW-AD-503-065E DW-AD-503-M8E
PNP N.C.
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
* -13 ... +158 °F
ANALOG SERIES 1
proximity switches
Inductive
Housing size M8 M12
Sensing range mm 0 ... 4 0 ... 4 0 ... 4 0 ... 6 0 ... 6 0 ... 6
Housing material Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connection 1) PUR cable type 3 Connector S8 Connector S12 PUR cable type 7 PUR cable type 7 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Bandwidth (-3 dB) 1,600 Hz (at s=2 mm) 1,600 Hz (at s=2 mm) 1,600 Hz (at s=2 mm) 1,000 Hz (at s=3 mm) 1,000 Hz (at s=3 mm) 1,000 Hz (at s=3 mm)
Mounting Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable
Voltage output 0...5 V / 0...10 V 0...5 V / 0...10 V 0...5 V / 0...10 V 0...5 V / 0...10 V 0...5 V / 0...10 V 0...5 V / 0...10 V
Current output --- --- --- 1 ... 5 mA 1...5 mA / 4...20 mA 1...5 mA
Wiring 3)
Supply voltage range
10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC*
Diagram 5 Diagram 5
10...30 / 15...30 VDC*
3
Ambient temperature range -25...+70°C (-13...+158°F) -25...+70°C (-13...+158°F) -25...+70°C (-13...+158°F) -25...+70°C (-13...+158°F) -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C (-13...+158°F)
Optical fibers
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
4)
see page 77
see page 146
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
Dimensions: M8x1 M8x1 M8x1
4
4
4
6
45
Ø 10,5 SW 13
SW 13
SW 13
60
66
Accessories
Ø 6,5
8,5
Ø 3,5
22
6
M8x1
Part references: M12x1
7
Non-linearized:
Outputs 0...5 V / 1...5 mA DW-AD-509-M8*** DW-AS-509-M8-001*** DW-AS-509-M8*** DW-AD-509-M12-120 DW-AD-509-M12 DW-AS-509-M12-120
Glossary
Outputs 0...10 V / 4...20 mA DW-AD-509-M8-390*** DW-AS-509-M8-390*** DW-AS-509-M8-393*** DW-AD-509-M12-320*** DW-AD-509-M12-390 DW-AS-509-M12-320***
Compatible connectors 4) A ... D G ... N M, N

8
* DW-A#-509-M##-320/39# ** Depending on operating conditions, limited temperature range for DW-A#-509-M##-320/390 (see data sheets) *** without current output
Index
ANALOG SERIES
Sensing range mm 0 ... 6 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 20
Housing material Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
Connection 1) Connector S12 PUR cable type 7 PUR cable type 7 Connector S12 Connector S12 PUR cable type 7
Bandwidth (-3 dB) 1,000 Hz (at s=3 mm) 500 Hz (at s=5 mm) 500 Hz (at s=5 mm) 500 Hz (at s=5 mm) 500 Hz (at s=5 mm) 200 Hz (at s=10 mm)
Mounting Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable
Voltage output 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
Current output 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1...5 mA / 4...20 mA
Supply voltage range 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC*
Ambient temperature range -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)**
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
Dimensions:
Part references:
Non-linearized:
Outputs 0...5 V / 1...5 mA DW-AS-509-M12 DW-AD-509-M18-120 DW-AD-509-M18 DW-AS-509-M18-120 DW-AS-509-M18-002 DW-AD-509-M30-120
Outputs 0...10 V / 4...20 mA DW-AS-509-M12-390 DW-AD-509-M18-320 DW-AD-509-M18-390 DW-AS-509-M18-320 DW-AS-509-M18-390 DW-AD-509-M30-320
Compatible connectors 4) M, N M, N M, N
* DW-A#-509-M##-320/390
** Depending on operating conditions, limited temperature range for types DW-A#-509-M##-320/390 (see data sheets)
ANALOG SERIES 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M30 M30
0 ... 20 0 ... 20 0 ... 20 0 ... 40 0 ... 40 0 ... 40 0 ... 40
Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass Chrome-plated brass
PUR cable type 7 Connector S12 Connector S12 PUR cable type 7 PUR cable type 7 Connector S12 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Photoelectric
200 Hz (at s=10 mm) 200 Hz (at s=10 mm) 200 Hz (at s=10 mm) 100 Hz (at s=20 mm) 100 Hz (at s=20 mm) 100 Hz (at s=20 mm) 100 Hz (at s=20 mm)
Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 ... 5 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC* 10...30 / 15...30 VDC*
Diagram 5
3
-25...+70°C (-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C (-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C (-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)** -25...+70°C(-13...+158°F)**
Optical fibers
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
6
Accessories
7
DW-AD-509-M30 DW-AS-509-M30-120 DW-AS-509-M30-002 DW-AD-519-M30-120 DW-AD-519-M30 DW-AS-519-M30-120 DW-AS-519-M30-002
Glossary
DW-AD-509-M30-390 DW-AS-509-M30-320 DW-AS-509-M30-390 DW-AD-519-M30-320 DW-AD-519-M30-390 DW-AS-519-M30-320 DW-AS-519-M30-390
M, N M, N M, N M, N
8
* DW-A#-5#9-M##-320/390 ** Depending on operating conditions, limited temperature range for DW-A#-5#9-M##-320/390 (see data sheets)
Index
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERIES
Housing size M8 M12
Housing material Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
Connection 1) Silicone cable 2 m* Silicone cable 2 m* Silicone cable 2 m*
Amplifier Built-in Built-in Built-in
Mounting Embeddable Embeddable Non-embeddable
Max. switching frequency 600 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
LED --- --- ---
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +140 °C (-13 ... +280 °F) -25 ... +150 °C (-13 ... +300 °F) -25 ... +150 °C (-13 ... +300 °F)
Output current 120mA (≤100°C**)/80mA (>100°C**) 120mA (≤100°C**)/70mA (>100°C**) 120mA (≤100°C**)/70mA (>100°C**)
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
-25 ... +140 °C (-13 ... +280 °F) -25 ... +150 °C (-13 ... +300 °F) -25 ... +150 °C (-13 ... +300 °F)
M8x1 M12x1 ��
Dimensions:
�
4
4
��
49
��
SW13
55
55
SW17
60
��
60
��
Ø 5,0 Ø 5,0
� ��
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-HD-621-M8-100 DW-HD-601-M12-200 DW-HD-611-M12-200

NPN N.C.
PNP N.O. DW-HD-623-M8-100 DW-HD-603-M12-200 DW-HD-613-M12-200
PNP N.C.
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
* Teflon cable on request ** 212 °F
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERIES 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M18
5 5 8
Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
Teflon cable 2 m Teflon cable 3 m + PUR 2 m Teflon cable 2 m 2
proximity switches
Built-in In cable Built-in
Photoelectric
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Embeddable Embeddable Non-embeddable
400 Hz 300 Hz 400 Hz
Table 10 Table 10 Table 10
Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1
---
10 ... 30 VDC
Yellow (amplifier)
10 ... 30 VDC (amplifier)
---
10 ... 30 VDC
3
-25 ... +180 °C (-13 ... +350 °F) -25 ... +230 °C (-13 ... +440 °F) -25 ... +180 °C (-13 ... +350 °F)
Optical fibers
≤ 150 mA ≤ 200 mA (amplifier) ≤ 150 mA
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
-25 ... +180 °C (-13 ... +350°F) -25 ... +230 °C (-13 ... +440 °F) -25 ... +180 °C (-13 ... +350 °F)
M18x1 M18x1 ��
�
4
�
SW24
SW24
60
60
��
��
6
70
70
76
76
��
��
Accessories
Ø 3,0 Ø 5,0
Ø 3,0
7
DW-HD-601-M18-310 DW-HD-601-M18-411 DW-HD-611-M18-310
Glossary
DW-HD-603-M18-310 DW-HD-603-M18-411 DW-HD-613-M18-310
8
Index
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERIES
Housing size M30
Connection 1) Teflon cable 2 m Teflon cable 3 m + PUR 2 m Teflon cable 2 m Teflon cable 3 m + PUR 2 m
Amplifier Built-in In cable Built-in In cable
Mounting Embeddable Embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
LED --- Yellow (amplifier) --- Yellow (amplifier)
Supply voltage range 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC (amplifier) 10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 30 VDC (amplifier)
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +180 °C** -25 ... +230 °C*** -25 ... +180 °C** -25 ... +230 °C***
Output current ≤ 150 mA ≤ 200 mA (amplifier) ≤ 150 mA ≤ 200 mA (amplifier)
1)
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
-25 ... +180 °C** -25 ... +230 °C*** -25 ... +180 °C** -25 ... +230 °C***
M30x1,5 M30x1,5 ��
Dimensions:
�
�
5
�
60
60
��
��
70
70
SW36
SW36
76
76
��
��
��
��
��
��
Part references:
Ø 3,0 Ø 5,0
Ø 3,0 ��
NPN N.O. DW-HD-601-M30-310 DW-HD-601-M30-411 DW-HD-611-M30-310 DW-HD-611-M30-411

NPN N.C.
PNP N.O. DW-HD-603-M30-310 DW-HD-603-M30-411 DW-HD-613-M30-310 DW-HD-613-M30-411
PNP N.C.
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
** -13 ... +350 °F *** -13 ... +440 °F
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERIES 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M50
20 20 25 25
Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel V2A
Silicone cable 2 m* Teflon cable 3 m + PUR 2 m Silicone cable 2 m* Teflon cable 3 m + PUR 2 m 2
proximity switches
Built-in In cable Built-in In cable
Photoelectric
IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Quasi-embeddable Quasi-embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
100 Hz 150 Hz 100 Hz 150 Hz
Table 10 Table 10 Table 10 Table 10
---
10 ... 30 VDC
Yellow (amplifier)
---
10 ... 30 VDC
Yellow (amplifier)
3
-25 ... +180 °C** -25 ... +230 °C*** -25 ... +180 °C** -25 ... +230 °C***
Optical fibers
≤ 150 mA ≤ 200 mA (amplifier) ≤ 150 mA ≤ 200 mA (amplifier)
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
-25 ... +180 °C** -25 ... +230 °C*** -25 ... +180 °C** -25 ... +230 °C***
�� M50x1,5
M50x1,5 M50x1,5
9
9
40
�
52
62
50
66
55
69
6
��
79
��
��
SW 55
��
85
SW 55
SW 55
Accessories
Ø 5,0 Ø 6,5 Ø 5,0
� ��
7
DW-HD-601-M50-300 DW-HD-601-M50-411 DW-HD-611-M50-300 DW-HD-611-M50-411
Glossary
DW-HD-603-M50-300 DW-HD-603-M50-411 DW-HD-613-M50-300 DW-HD-613-M50-411
8
* Teflon cable on request ** -13 ... +350 °F *** -13 ... +440 °F
Index
700 FOOD & SEA-WATER SERIES
Operating distance mm 6 6 10 10 10 10
Housing material Stainless steel V4A* Stainless steel V4A* Stainless steel V4A* Stainless steel V4A* Stainless steel V4A* Stainless steel V4A*
Connection 1) TPE-S cable type 13 Connector S12 TPE-S cable type 13 Connector S12 TPE-S cable type 13 Connector S12
Degree of protection IP 68 + IP 69K IP 68 + IP 69K IP 68 + IP 69K IP 68 + IP 69K IP 68 + IP 69K IP 68 + IP 69K
Mounting Embeddable Embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Embeddable Embeddable
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +85 °C** -25 ... +85 °C** -25 ... +85 °C** -25 ... +85 °C** -25 ... +85 °C** -25 ... +85 °C**
1)
Standard cable length 2 m. 1,150 psi 1,150 psi 1,150 psi 1,150 psi 850 psi 850 psi
2)
see page 76
3)
see page 77
4)
see page 146
all-metal food-safe & corrosion-resistant / IP 68 + IP 69K all-metal food-safe &
Dimensions: �� M12x1 M12x1 ��

5
�
4
�
4
��
��
SW 17
60
��
60
SW 17
��
Ø 10,5
��
LED (4x)
Ø 10,5
LED (4x) � ��
�
19
��
19
11
11
��
8
��
�
M12x1 M12x1
��
��
Part references:
NPN N.O. DW-LD-701-M12 DW-LS-701-M12 DW-LD-711-M12 DW-LS-711-M12 DW-LD-701-M18 DW-LS-701-M18-002

NPN N.C. DW-LD-702-M12 DW-LS-702-M12 DW-LD-712-M12 DW-LS-712-M12 DW-LD-702-M18 DW-LS-702-M18-002
PNP N.O. DW-LD-703-M12 DW-LS-703-M12 DW-LD-713-M12 DW-LS-713-M12 DW-LD-703-M18 DW-LS-703-M18-002
PNP N.C. DW-LD-704-M12 DW-LS-704-M12 DW-LD-714-M12 DW-LS-714-M12 DW-LD-704-M18 DW-LS-704-M18-002
NAMUR
AC/DC 2-wire N.O.
AC/DC 2-wire N.C.
* AISI 316L / DIN 1.4435 (food-safe) ** -13 ... + 185 °F
700 FOOD & SEA-WATER SERIES 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M18 M30
20 20 20 20 40 40
Stainless steel V4A* Stainless steel V4A* Stainless steel V4A* Stainless steel V4A* Stainless steel V4A* Stainless steel V4A*
TPE-S cable type 13 Connector S12 TPE-S cable type 13 Connector S12 TPE-S cable type 13 Connector S12 2
proximity switches
IP 68 + IP 69K IP 68 + IP 69K IP 68 + IP 69K IP 68 + IP 69K IP 68 + IP 69K IP 68 + IP 69K
Photoelectric
Non-embeddable Non-embeddable Embeddable Embeddable Non-embeddable Non-embeddable
200 Hz 200 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C**
10 ... 30 VDC
-25 ... +85 °C**
3
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
Optical fibers
850 psi 850 psi 600 psi 600 psi 600 psi 600 psi
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
corrosion-resistant / IP 68 + IP 69K all-metal food-safe & corrosion-resistant / IP 68 + IP 69K
�� M30x1,5 �� M30x1,5
SW 36
�
10
��
��
5
�
6
�
5
�
��
��
��
�
SW 36
��
63,5
��
63,5
��
��
��
��
��
Accessories
� �� Ø 27,5 Ø 27,5
8
8
�
��
13,5
13,5
��
LED LED
��
11
11
��
�
��
8
8
(4x) (4x)
�� M12x1 M12x1

��
��
7
DW-LD-711-M18 DW-LS-711-M18-002 DW-LD-701-M30 DW-LS-701-M30-002 DW-LD-711-M30 DW-LS-711-M30-002
Glossary

8
* AISI 316L / DIN 1.4435 (food-safe) ** -13 ... + 185 °F
Index
Technical data
Permissible ripple content ≤ 20 % ≤ 20 % ≤ 20 % --- ≤ 20 % ≤ 20 %

No-load supply current ≤ 10 mA ≤ 17 mA (24 V) ≤ 20 mA ≤ 1.5 mA --- ≤ 10 mA
≤ 30 mA (34 V)
Leakage current at output ≤ 0.1 mA ≤ 0.1 mA ≤ 0.1 mA --- --- ≤ 0.1 mA
Voltage drop, switched state ≤ 2.0 V ≤ 2.5 V ≤ 2.5 V ≤8V --- ≤ 2.0 V
Temperature drift % sr ≤ 10 % ≤ 10 % ≤ 10 % ≤ 10 % ≤ 10 % ≤ 10 %
Hysteresis % sr 1...15 % (10 % typ.) ≤ 20 % ≤ 20 % ≤ 20 % --- 1...15% (10% typ.)
Repeat accuracy ≤ 5 % sr ≤ 5 % sr ≤ 5 % sr ≤ 5 % sr ≤ 5 % sr ≤ 5 % sr
(according to IEC 60947-5-2)
Short-circuit protection built-in built-in built-in --- built-in built-in
Polarity reversal protection built-in built-in built-in built-in --- built-in
Power-on reset built-in built-in built-in built-in --- built-in
Permissible ripple content ≤ 20 % ≤ 10 % --- ≤ 15 % / ≤ 20 %*** ≤ 20 %

No-load supply current ≤ 10 mA 30 mA (24 VDC) typ. 1.5 mA (24 V) ≤ 10 mA/≤ 5 mA*** ≤ 0.6 mA
40 mA (34 VDC) ≤ 2.0 mA (Umax)
Output voltage, damped 0 VDC --- --- --- ---
Output voltage, non-damped 5 VDC / 10 VDC* --- --- --- ---
Leakage current at output --- 0.01 mA < 2.0 mA ≤ 0.1 mA ---
Voltage drop, switched state --- ≤ 2.5 V ≤8V ≤ 2.0 V ≤ 5.0 V
Temperature drift % sr ≤ 5 % (0...+70 °C) ≤ 10 % ≤ 10 % ≤ 15 % ≤ 10 %
≤ 10 % (-25...0 °C)**
Hysteresis % sr --- 1 ... 15 % 1 ... 15 % 3...15%/2...20%**** 1...15% (10% typ.)
Repeat accuracy --- ≤ 5 % sr ≤ 5 % sr ≤ 0.02 mm ≤ 5 % sr
Short-circuit protection built-in built-in --- built-in built-in
Polarity reversal protection built-in built-in --- built-in ---*****
Power-on reset built-in built-in built-in --- built-in
* DW-A#-5#9-M##-320/39# ** ≤ 5% (+32 ... +158 °F) / ≤ 10% (-13 ... +32 °F) **** amplifier **** see data sheets ***** non-polarized devices
Further data can be obtained from individual data sheets, which may be retrieved from the CONTRINEX website (www.contrinex.com),
or ordered from our sales offices.
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Wiring diagrams
2
NPN normally open (N.O.) / normally closed (N.C.) PNP normally open (N.O.) / normally closed (N.C.)
proximity switches
Photoelectric
brown brown
load
black
Diagram 1 black
load
blue blue
3
NPN normally open (N.O.) / normally closed (N.C.) PNP normally open (N.O.) / normally closed (N.C.)
Optical fibers
brown brown
load
Diagram 2 black black
load
blue blue
4
proximity switches
2 N.C. / 4 N.O. 2 N.C. / 4 N.O.
Ultrasonic
2-wire UC normally closed (N.C.) 2-wire UC normally open (N.O.)
black (1) black (3)
AC / DC AC / DC
ZL ZL
load load
Diagram 3
black (2) black (4)

5
Connecting cables
AC / DC AC / DC
2-wire NAMUR Analog output

load
brown brown
black
Diagram 4 Diagram 5 white*
blue
6
blue
Accessories
load
* only for models with current output
NPN normally open (N.O.) + normally closed (N.C.) PNP normally open (N.O.) + normally closed (N.C.)
brown brown
7
black black load
Diagram 6
white white
load
blue
Glossary
blue
2 N.C. / 4 N.O. 2 N.C. / 4 N.O.
2-wire DC normally open (N.O.)

brown
load
8
Diagram 7
Index
blue
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2 Photoelectric proximity switches 2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Highlights:
- Miniature sizes
- Long operating distances 3
- Right-angle optics
Optical fibers
- Spherical optics
- Laser devices
- Teach-in
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
6
Accessories
New:
- Fiber-optic amplifiers with
teach-in or potentiometer
7
- Cylindrical laser through-beam
sensors
Glossary
8
Index
PROGRAM OVERVIEW
2 Photoelectric proximity switches

Housing size Operating distance Output
140/150 mm
12000 mm
15000 mm
20000 mm
50000 mm
10000 mm
50/60 mm
1000 mm
1200 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
4000 mm
6000 mm
100 mm
120 mm
200 mm
250 mm
300 mm
600 mm
NPN
PNP
Diffuse sensors, ∅4 / M5 10 mm
energetic ∅4 / M5 20 mm
∅4 / M5 50 mm
M12 300 mm
M18 (M18W) 600 mm
30 x 30 mm 600 mm
30 x 30 mm 1200 mm
40 x 40 mm 2000 mm
65 x 83 mm (DC) 2000 mm
65 x 83 mm (UC) 2000 mm
Diffuse sensors M18 (M18W) 10 ... 120 mm

with background 30 x 30 mm 15 ... 150 mm
suppression
65 x 83 mm (DC) 50 ... 1000 mm
65 x 83 mm (UC) 50 ... 1000 mm
Reflex sensors M12 1500 mm

M18 (M18W) 2000 mm
30 x 30 mm 2000 mm
30 x 30 mm 4000 mm
40 x 40 mm 6000 mm
65 x 83 mm (DC) 6000 mm
65 x 83 mm (UC) 6000 mm
Through-beam ∅4 / M5 250 mm
sensors M12 10000 mm
50000mm
M12
M18 (M18W) 20000mm
M18
30 x 30 mm 6000 mm 50000mm
30 x 30 mm 12000 mm
40 x 40 mm 15000 mm
65 x 83 mm (DC)
50000mm
65 x 83 mm (UC)
Fiber-optic 30 x 30 mm 60 mm
amplifiers 30 x 30 mm 120 mm
40 x 40 mm 150 mm
31 x 60 mm 100 mm
31 x 60 mm 140 mm
31 x 60 mm 200 mm
PROGRAM OVERVIEW 1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Supply voltage range UB Connection Housing Page
Photoelectric
Screw terminal
Light-/dark-ON
High switching
Connector S12
Connector S8
Excess-gain
Changeover
switchable
frequency
Blue light
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Teach-in
outputs
output
Timer
PBTP
Cable
Relay
Metal
3
10 ... 30 VDC 88, 89
Optical fibers
10 ... 30 VDC 89
10 ... 30 VDC 86, 87
10 ... 36 VDC 90
10 ... 36 VDC 94 (98)
10 ... 36 VDC 102
10 ... 36 VDC 100 4
proximity switches
10 ... 36 VDC 104
10 ... 36 VDC 110
Ultrasonic
20...265 VAC/20...320 VDC 110
10 ... 36 VDC 95 (99)

10 ... 36 VDC 101, 103
10 ... 36 VDC 111 5
Connecting cables
20...265 VAC/20...320 VDC 111
10 ... 36 VDC 91
10 ... 36 VDC 95 (99)
10 ... 36 VDC 103
10 ... 36 VDC 101
10 ... 36 VDC 105
10 ... 36 VDC 111 6
20...265 VAC/20...320 VDC 111
Accessories
10 ... 30 VDC 87
10 ... 36 VDC 91
10 ... 36 VDC 93
10 ... 36 VDC 95 (99)
10 ... 36 VDC
10 ... 36 VDC
97
103
7
10 ... 36 VDC 101
Glossary
10 ... 36 VDC 105

10 ... 36 VDC 111
20...265 VAC/20...320 VDC 111
10 ... 36 VDC 103

10 ... 36 VDC 101 8
10 ... 36 VDC 105
10 ... 30 VDC 107, 109
Index
10 ... 30 VDC 107, 109

10 ... 30 VDC 106, 108
2 Photoelectric proximity switches
Operating principle Diffuse sensors with background sup-
pression
The light-emitting diode (LED) emits a beam of modulated light towards the target. These devices basically function in
This beam is interrupted by the target, causing partial reflection. A part of the reflected an identical manner to energetic diffuse
light reaches the sensing face of the receiver. Depending on the operating principle, sensors, but using the angle of incidence,
either the interrupted beam or the reflected light is used for further processing. rather than the amount, of reflected light.
Fig. 10 shows the essential functional blocks of a photoelectric proximity switch. For this reason, the operating distance de-
pends to only a slight extent on target size,
color, or surface structure. The target can
voltage therefore be accurately recognized, even
regulator
on a light background.
Reflex sensors
The pulsed light from the emitting diode
is focused by means of a lens, and directed
via a polarization filter at a reflector (prin-
pulse shaper output stage short-circuit
receiver amplifier
protection ciple of a 3-way mirror - Fig. 12). Part of
the reflected light passes through a further
polarization filter, before reaching the re-
pulse
emitter
generator
Fig. 10
Available models
The CONTRINEX photoelectric program includes energetic diffuse sensors, dif-
fuse sensors with background suppression, reflex sensors, through-beam sensors
and fiber-optic amplifiers. Fig. 12
Diffuse sensors, energetic

The pulsed light from the emitting diode ceiver. The filters are selected and adjusted
falls on an object of any shape or color. It in such a way that only light returning from
is reflected in a diffuse manner, and part the reflector reaches the receiver. This en-
of it reaches the light receiver located in sures reliable detection results, even with
the same unit (Fig. 11). If the intensity of bright and shiny targets, which otherwise
the received light is sufficient, the output is would not be detected, due to a strong
switched. The attainable operating distan- direct reflection. Furthermore, thanks to
ce depends on the target size and color, the optics used, the operating distance is
as well as its surface structure, and can increased considerably.
be adjusted within a wide range by means Fig. 11 An object interrupting the light beam
of the built-in potentiometer. which passes from the emitter via the
reflector to the receiver causes the out-
put to switch. For reliable operation, the
target size should be at least equal to the
diameter of the reflector.
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Through-beam sensors identical for both glass and synthetic optical fibers). These fibers work as the extended
These devices consist of an emitter “eye” of the photo sensor. As optical fiber conductors are very small and flexible, they
and a receiver in separate housings. The provide a truly practical solution to the problem of sensing in highly inaccessible places.
emitter is aligned so that the greatest pos-
sible amount of pulsed light from its diode
Furthermore, they do not carry any electrical potential, and sensing operations are
therefore possible without special safety measures, even in areas where there is an 3
reaches the receiver (Fig. 13). The receiver explosion risk, or in the presence of strong electrical and magnetic fields (high-voltage
Optical fibers
equipment, electrical welding equipment). Even the tiniest objects can be detected by
using appropriately thin fibers. Optical fibers can act as both through-beam (Fig. 14)
and diffuse sensors (Fig. 15).
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
Fig. 13
processes the incoming light in such a way

that it is clearly separated from ambient
Fig. 14 Fig. 15
5
Connecting cables
and other light sources. Any interruption
of the light beam between emitter and re-
ceiver causes the output to be switched.
For reliable operation, the target must be
completely opaque, and its size should Special executions
be at least equal to the diameter of the In addition to the types described in this catalog, a number of special executions
receiver’s aperture. are available, in particular devices with different cable lengths, different cable types
(e.g. with oil-resistant, highly flexible PUR insulation), and different housing materials
Fiber-optic amplifiers (e.g. stainless steel). 6
Optical fibers are fitted in front of the
Accessories
emitter and receiver (the basic operation is
7
Glossary
8
Index
Product overview collimated red laser beam. The latter al-
lows for the detection of very small objects
Series 1000 across a large distance.
This series features a great variety of
sizes and functions in widely used stan- Series 3030
dardized cylindrical housings (smooth and This series combines high performance
threaded types). The program includes de- with miniature size (30 x 30 x 15 mm
vices in sizes diameter 4 mm, M5, M12, housing). Available types include ener-
M18 and M18W for right-angle sensing. getic diffuse sensors, diffuse sensors with
The ∅ 4 mm and M5 devices are the small- background suppression, reflex sensors,
est self-contained photoelectric proximity through-beam sensors and fiber-optic
switches on the market, and are now also amplifiers for synthetic and glass fibers.
available with cylindrical light beam and Despite their small size, they feature all
well-defined operating range. They replace the usual protection functions, are robust
larger models in case of space problems, and can be used for demanding industrial
and optical fibers if the latter do not prove applications.
satisfactory. In addition, they can also be
used instead of inductive switches of Series 3031
equal size if their operating distances are This series combines good per-
insufficient. formance with moderate cost. It is
The series 1000 now also includes laser intended for general use, particularly
devices in sizes M12 and M18, which com- where small size is required (miniature
pared to conventional LED through-beam housing 30 x 30 x 15 mm). The program
sensors, are distinguished by a narrowly includes energetic diffuse sensors, diffuse
sensors with background suppression, re-
flex sensors, through-beam sensors and
fiber-optic amplifiers for synthetic and glass
fibers. These robust devices are suitable
for industrial use, and feature all the usual
protection functions.
Series 4040
Maximum performance in a 40 x 40 x
19 mm housing. These devices are ideally
suited for demanding applications, thanks
to operating distances of 2 m (diffuse sen-
sor) and 6 m (reflex sensor). As a result
of a built-in power saving module, these
distances are attained using very little
energy. Available types include diffuse
sensors, reflex sensors, through-beam
sensors and fiber-optic amplifiers for
glass fibers.
Series 3060/3065
The new fiber-optic amplifiers for DIN-rail mounting (DIN/EN 50022) feature large
sensing ranges, outstanding detection properties for both long and very short operating
distances, high temperature stability and durability, thanks to stabilized light power
(teach-in model only), and high switching frequency. For the teach-in versions, built-in
adjustable pulse delay and stretching are standard. The housing width of only 10 mm
allows for optimum stacking of even a large number of switches. In addition, the de-
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
robust devices in large housings are required. It offers an extensive functional program
contained in a 65 x 83 x 25 mm housing. Available models include energetic diffuse
sensors, diffuse sensors with background suppression, reflex sensors, and through-
beam sensors.
All models are available in DC or combined AC/DC (20…265 VAC, 20…320 VDC)
3
execution with relay output. Connection is via connectors or screw terminals. All varia-
Optical fibers
tions can be delivered with a timer.
Glass optical fibers

A large range of glass optical fibers is
available for the 4040 series, and partially
for the 3030 / 3031 and 3060 / 3065 se-
ries. The program includes types suitable 4
proximity switches
for the most difficult operating conditions
Ultrasonic
and the widest range of sensing applica-
tions. Moreover, custom-made models are
available at a low extra cost, even for small
vices are optimized for simple and easily order quantities.
understandable operation. Presently, the
series offers distance setting by means
of potentiometer and teach-in; the latter
with additional manual fine adjustment.
5
Synthetic optical fibers
Connecting cables
According to choice, Teach 1 (only on
For 3030 / 3031 and 3060 / 3065 series
background), or Teach 2 (first on target,
switches, this catalog includes a compre-
then on background) may be used. The
hensive range of synthetic optical fibers for
teach process can be launched from a
the detection of smallest objects, and for
distance via a separate input. The devices
use in highly inaccessible areas. The fibers
are available as blue and red-light, as well
can be cut on site to the length required
as high-frequency models, in cable and
connector executions.
for a specific application. 6
Series 6080
Accessories
This series is suitable for conveyors
and other applications where extremely
7
Glossary
8
Index
SERIES 1040 / 1050
At a glance: Power-ON reset Ø4
− Smallest fully self-contained photoelectric proximity switch on the Operation of the output is in- Diffuse sensor,
market hibited until the power supply re- energetic
− Long operating distances quirements are met. This prevents
− Standardized sizes: Ø 4 mm smooth and M5 threaded unwanted switching of the output
during power-ON.
50 mm
− Glass window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to clean
− Excellent resistance to environmental influences thanks to fully
vacuum-potted electronics and optical parts Data sheets
− High degree of protection: IP 67 Detailed data sheets with addi-
tional technical information are
Construction available for all models. These
The devices are built into stainless-steel housings, and fully potted un- may be retrieved from the CONTRI-
der vacuum. The optical part works with parabolic mirrors (no lenses), which NEX website (www.contrinex.com),
allows for full potting without degradation of the optical characteristics, or ordered cost-free from our sales
thus providing the best offices.
long-term reliability in dif- Technical data:
ficult environments. The Drawings
electronic module uses (according to IEC 60947-5-2) The mechanical drawings may
chip-on-board technol- Hysteresis 10 % typ. Dimensions:
be downloaded as data files from
ogy on a ceramic-free Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 30 VDC Ø4 Ø4
the CONTRINEX website, and
substrate, and is therefore Max. ripple content 20 %
imported directly into construc-
insensitive to shock and Output current 100 mA max.
tion drawings.
deformation. Output voltage drop 2.0 V max.
26,5
26,5
28
at 100 mA Delivery package
35
LED
LED
Sensitivity Max. switching frequency 250 Hz
Switching time (↑ and ↓) 2.5 msec Photoelectric proximity switch,
setting 2 fixing nuts (for size M5), instruc- Ø 6,5
Max. ambient light:
17
The sensitivity is fac- tions. Ø 3,5
halogen 5,000 Lux
tory adjusted, and cannot
sun 10,000 Lux
be modified by the user. M8x1
Ambient temperature 0 ... +55 oC
range (+32...+131 oF)
Protection Degree of protection IP 67
The switches are pro- EMC protection: Response curve:
tected against overloads, IEC 60255-5 1 kV s [mm]
short-circuits and all IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2
possible wire reversals. IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 50
Furthermore, protection IEC 61000-4-4 Level 2 40
against overvoltages a
caused by inductive loads 30
on the output and against s
20
voltage spikes on the power supply lines are built in. Malfunctions or
destruction caused by electrostatic discharges, fast transients, or HF 10
fields, are prevented by appropriate technology. a
[mm] 20 10 0 10 20
LED
The LED (yellow) lights up when the output is switched. The LED
Operating distance 50 mm
flashes if the receiver does not receive enough light (excess gain) for
reliable operation. Standard target 100 x 100 mm white
No-load supply current 15 mA typ.
Connection Emitter IR LED 880 nm
Switches with 2 m PVC cable 3 x 0.14 mm2 (type 2) or 3-pole S8 Weight (cable / connector model) 35 / 3 g
connector are standard. Other cable types or lengths are available on
request. Suitable connecting cables are listed on page 146. Part ref.: (bold: preferred types)
Test input NPN light-ON / cable LTK-1040-301
NPN dark-ON / cable -
The additional test input built into the emitters of through-beam models
provides the possibility of an extra system control. NPN light-ON / connector S8 LTS-1040-301
NPN dark-ON / connector S8 -
Excess-gain control PNP light-ON / cable LTK-1040-303
If the switch is detecting an object, but not enough light (excess gain) PNP dark-ON / cable -
is available at the receiver’s sensing face, the LED flashes. As a result,
PNP light-ON / connector S8 LTS-1040-303
alignment is made much easier. Moreover, eventual dirt on the sens-
ing face is indicated early. Cleaning is therefore possible before proper PNP dark-ON / connector S8 -
operation is impaired, thus increasing system viability. Suitable connecting cables (page 146) A, B
Wiring (pages 114 - 115) Diagram 1
SERIES 1040 / 1050 1
proximity switches
Ø4 M5 M5
Inductive
Through-beam sensor Diffuse sensor, Through-beam sensor
energetic
250 mm 50 mm 250 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
Ø4 Ø4 M5x0,5 M5x0,5 M5x0,5 M5x0,5
SW7
SW7
4
2,5
2,5
26,5
26,5
26,5
26,5
26,5
26,5
*
28
30
30
30
30
* *
LED
LED
35
35
35
LED
LED
proximity switches
45
45
SW7 SW7
Ultrasonic
Ø 6,5
LED Ø 6,5 LED * Ø 6,5
Ø 3,5 Ø 3,5
17
Ø 3,5
M8x1 M8x1
M8x1
*receiver only *receiver only
Connecting cables
s [mm]
s [mm] s [mm]
250 50 250
200 40 200
a
150 a 30 150 a
s s
s
100
50
20
10
100
50
6
a a a
Accessories
[mm] 80 40 0 40 80 [mm] 20 10 0 10 20 [mm] 80 40 0 40 80
250 mm 50 mm 250 mm
- 100 x 100 mm white -
5 mA typ. (R) / 10 mA typ. (E) 15 mA typ. 5 mA typ. (R) / 10 mA typ. (E)
IR LED 880 nm IR LED 880 nm IR LED 880 nm 7
66 / 6 g (R and E) 35 / 4 g 68 / 8 g (R and E)
Glossary
(R) receiver / (E) emitter (R) receiver / (E) emitter

- LTK-1050-301 -
LLK-1040-202 (R) / LLK-1040-200 (E) - LLK-1050-202 (R) / LLK-1050-200 (E)
- LTS-1050-301 -
LLS-1040-202 (R) / LLS-1040-200 (E) - LLS-1050-202 (R) / LLS-1050-200 (E) 8
- LTK-1050-303 -
LLK-1040-204 (R) / LLK-1040-200 (E) - LLK-1050-204 (R) / LLK-1050-200 (E)
Index
- LTS-1050-303 -
LLS-1040-204 (R) / LLS-1040-200 (E) - LLS-1050-204 (R) / LLS-1050-200 (E)
A, B A, B A, B
Diagram 1 (R) / 4 (E) Diagram 1 Diagram 1 (R) / 4 (E)
SERIES 1040 / 1050
At a glance: Power-ON reset Ø4
− Smallest fully self-contained photoelectric proximity switches on the Operation of the output is in- Diffuse sensor,
market hibited until the power supply re- energetic
− Cylindrical light beam quirements are met. This prevents
− Well-defined operating range unwanted switching of the output
during power-ON.
10 mm
− Standardized sizes: Ø 4 mm smooth and M5 threaded
− Sapphire window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to clean
− Excellent resistance to environmental influences thanks to fully vacuum- Data sheets
potted electronics and optical parts Detailed data sheets with
− High degree of protection: IP 67 additional technical informa-
tion are available for all mod-
Construction els. These may be retrieved
The devices are built into stainless-steel housings, and fully potted under from the CONTRINEX website
vacuum. The optical part combines reflectors with spherical lenses, which (www.contrinex.com), or ordered
allows for full potting without degradation of the optical characteristics, cost-free from our sales offices.
thus providing the best
long-term reliability in dif- Technical data: Drawings
ficult environments. The The mechanical drawings may
electronic module uses (according to IEC 60947-5-2) Dimensions:
Hysteresis 10 % typ. be downloaded as data files from
chip-on-board techno- the CONTRINEX website, and
Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 30 VDC Ø4
1,8
logy on a ceramic-free imported directly into construc-
substrate, and is there- Max. ripple content 20 %
Output current 100 mA max. tion drawings.
fore insensitive to shock
Output voltage drop 2.0 V max.
and deformation. Delivery package
26,5
at 100 mA
35
Sensitivity Max. switching frequency 250 Hz Photoelectric proximity switch,
Switching time (↑ and ↓) 2.5 msec 2 fixing nuts (for size M5), instruc-
setting
LED
Max. ambient light: tions.
The sensitivity is fac- halogen 5,000 Lux Ø 3,5
tory adjusted and cannot sun 10,000 Lux
be modified by the user. Ambient temperature 0 ... +55 oC
range (+32...+131 oF)
Protection Degree of protection IP 67 Response curve:
The switches are EMC protection: s [mm]
22
protected against over- IEC 60255-5 1 kV 20
loads, short-circuits and IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2 18
all possible wire reversals. IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 16
Furthermore, protection IEC 61000-4-4 Level 2 14
12 a
against overvoltages
10
caused by inductive loads 8 s
on the output and against voltage spikes on the power supply lines are 6
built in. Malfunctions or destruction caused by electrostatic discharges, 4
fast transients, or HF fields, are prevented by appropriate technology. 2
4 2 0 2 4
a [mm]
LED
The LED (yellow) lights up when the output is switched. The LED
flashes if the receiver does not receive enough light (excess gain) for
reliable operation. Standard target 100 x 100 mm white
No-load supply current 15 mA typ.
Switches with 2 m PVC cable 3 x 0.14 mm2 (type 2) or 3-pole S8 Weight (cable / connector model) 28 g / 3 g
NPN light-ON / cable LTK-1040-301-505
Excess-gain control
NPN dark-ON / cable -
If the switch is detecting an object, but not enough light (excess gain)
is available at the receiver’s sensing face, the LED flashes. As a result, NPN light-ON / connector S8 LTS-1040-301-505
alignment is made much easier. Moreover, eventual dirt on the sens- NPN dark-ON / connector S8 -
ing face is indicated early. Cleaning is therefore possible before proper PNP light-ON / cable LTK-1040-303-505
operation is impaired, thus increasing system viability.
PNP dark-ON / cable -
PNP light-ON / connector S8 LTS-1040-303-505
PNP dark-ON / connector S8 -
Suitable connecting cables (page 146) A, B
WITH CYLINDRICAL LIGHT BEAM 1
proximity switches
Ø4 M5 M5
Inductive
Diffuse sensor, Diffuse sensor, Diffuse sensor,
energetic energetic energetic
20 mm 10 mm 20 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
M5x0,5 M5x0,5
1,8
1,8
Ø4
1,8
4
2,5
2,5
26,5
26,5
26,5
proximity switches
30
30
35
35
35
Ultrasonic
SW7
SW7
LED
LED
LED
Ø 3,5 Ø 3,5
Ø 3,5
Connecting cables
s [mm] s [mm] s [mm]
22 22 22
20 20 20
18 18 18
16 16 16
14 14 14
12 a 12 a 12 a
10 10 10
s 8 s s
6
8 8
6 6 6
4 4 4
2 2 2
Accessories
4 2 0 2 4 4 2 0 2 4 4 2 0 2 4
a [mm] a [mm] a [mm]
20 mm 10 mm 20 mm
100 x 100 mm white 100 x 100 mm white 100 x 100 mm white
15 mA typ. 15 mA typ. 15 mA typ.
IR LED 880 nm IR LED 880 nm IR LED 880 nm 7
28 g / 3 g 30 g / 5 g 30 g / 5 g
Glossary
LTK-1040-301-506 LTK-1050-301-505 LTK-1050-301-506

- - -
LTS-1040-301-506 LTS-1050-301-505 LTS-1050-301-506
- - - 8
LTK-1040-303-506 LTK-1050-303-505 LTK-1050-303-506
- - -
Index
LTS-1040-303-506 LTS-1050-303-505 LTS-1050-303-506

- - -
A, B A, B A, B
SERIES 1120
At a glance: Excess-gain control M12
− Short: housing length 50 mm (cable model) / 60 mm (connector The built-in excess-gain circuit Diffuse sensor,
model) simplifies alignment and adjustment energetic
− Long operating distances of the sensors. Any eventual dirt on
− High switching frequency: 1000 Hz the sensing faces is recognized in
time, and can be removed easily.
300 mm
− All devices with visible red light
− Glass window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to clean
− Excellent resistance to environmental influences thanks to polyurethane Power-ON reset
potting of the electronic module Operation of the output is in-
− Convenient sensitivity adjustment by means of the built-in potentio- hibited until the power supply re-
meter (diffuse sensor; optional for other models) quirements are met. This prevents
− High degree of protection: IP 67 unwanted switching of the output
during power-ON.
Construction
The devices are built into nickel-plated brass housings, and encapsu- Data sheets
lated in polyurethane. The electronic module is constructed using SMD Detailed data sheets with addi-
technology on a ceramic- tional technical information are
free epoxy substrate, and Technical data: available for all models. These may
is therefore insensitive to be retrieved from the CONTRINEX
shock. website (www.contrinex.com), or
Hysteresis 10 % typ.
ordered cost-free from our sales
Sensitivity Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 36 VDC
offices.
setting Max. ripple content 20 %
Output current 200 mA max. Drawings
The sensitivity can be Output voltage drop 2.0 V max.
adjusted by means of the at 200 mA The mechanical drawings may
built-in potentiometer (dif- Max. switching frequency 1000 Hz be downloaded as data files from
fuse sensor; optional for Switching time (↑ and ↓) 0.5 msec the CONTRINEX website, and
other models). Turning Max. ambient light: imported directly into construction
clockwise increases the halogen 5,000 Lux drawings.
sensitivity. sun 10,000 Lux
Ambient temperature -25 ... +55 oC
Delivery package Response curve:
Protection range (-13 ... +131 oF) Photoelectric proximity switch,
The switches are pro- Degree of protection IP 67 2 fixing nuts, screwdriver, instruc-
tected against overloads, EMC protection: tions. s [mm]
350
short-circuits and all IEC 60255-5 1 kV
possible wire reversals. IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2 300
Furthermore, protection IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 250 a
against overvoltages IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3
200
caused by inductive
s
loads on the output and 150
against voltage spikes on the power supply lines are built in. Malfunctions 100
or destruction caused by electrostatic discharges, fast transients, or HF
50
fields, are prevented by appropriate technology. a
[mm] 20 10 0 10 20
LED
The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. The green LED Operating distance 300 mm
lights up when sufficient light is available for reliable operation (approx. Standard target 100 x 100 mm white
80% of the maximum operating distance). No-load supply current 15 mA typ.
Connection Emitter LED red 660 nm
connector are standard. Other cable types or lengths are available on Part ref.: (bold: preferred types)
request. Suitable connecting cables are listed on page 146.
NPN light-ON / cable LTK-1120-301
Reflectors NPN dark-ON / cable -
A range of suitable reflectors for the reflex sensors is listed on page NPN light-ON / connector S12 LTS-1120-301
113. NPN dark-ON / connector S12 -
PNP light-ON / cable LTK-1120-303
Test input
PNP dark-ON / cable -
The additional test input built into the emitters of the through-beam
models provides the possibility of an extra system control. PNP light-ON / connector S12 LTS-1120-303
Suitable connecting cables (page 146) G, H, K, L
SERIES 1120 1
proximity switches
M12 M12
Inductive
Reflex sensor Through-beam sensor
1,500 mm 10,000 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
* *
green
yellow
potentiometer
(diffuse sensors only)
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
*receiver only
5
Connecting cables
s [mm]
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
a
800
600 s 6
400
Accessories
200
a
[mm] 40 20 0 20 40
1,500 mm 10,000 mm
Reflector type 3 -
15 mA typ. 15 mA typ. 7
LED red polarized 660 nm LED red 660 nm
100 / 20 g 200 / 65 g (R and E)
Glossary
(R) receiver / (E) emitter

- LLK-1120-201 (R) / LLK-1120-200 (E)
LRK-1120-302 LLK-1120-202 (R) / LLK-1120-200 (E)
- LLS-1120-201 (R) / LLS-1120-200 (E)
LRS-1120-302 LLS-1120-202 (R) / LLS-1120-200 (E) 8
- LLK-1120-203 (R) / LLK-1120-200 (E)
LRK-1120-304 LLK-1120-204 (R) / LLK-1120-200 (E)
Index
- LLS-1120-203 (R) / LLS-1120-200 (E)

LRS-1120-304 LLS-1120-204 (R) / LLS-1120-200 (E)
G, H, K, L G, H, K, L
Diagram 1 Diagram 1 (R) / 4 (E)
SERIES 1121L
At a glance: Excess-gain control
− Precise laser beam for the detection of very small objects The built-in excess-gain
− Short: housing length 50 mm (cable model) / 60 mm (connector circuit simplifies alignment and
model) adjustment of the sensors. Any
− Long operating distance: 50 m eventual dirt on the sensing faces
− High switching frequency: 5,000 Hz is recognized in time, and can be
− Visible red laser light 660 nm removed easily.
− Glass lens and window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to
clean Power-ON reset
− Excellent resistance to environmental influences thanks to polyurethane Operation of the output is in-
potting of the electronic module hibited until the power supply re-
− Convenient sensitivity adjustment by means of the built-in potentio- quirements are met. This prevents
meter unwanted switching of the output
− High degree of protection: IP 67 during power-ON.
Construction Data sheets
The devices are Detailed data sheets with
built into stainless-steel Technical data: additional technical informa-
housings (V2A), and (according to IEC 60947-5-2) tion are available for all mod-
encapsulated in poly- Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 36 VDC els. These may be retrieved
urethane. The electronic Max. ripple content 20 % from the CONTRINEX website
module is constructed Output current 200 mA max. (www.contrinex.com), or ordered
using SMD technology Output voltage drop 2.0 V max. cost-free from our sales offices.
on a ceramic-free epoxy at 200 mA
substrate, and is therefore Max. switching frequency 5,000 Hz Drawings
insensitive to shock. Switching time (↑ and ↓) 0.1 msec The mechanical drawings may
Max. ambient light: be downloaded as data files from
Sensitivity halogen 5,000 Lux the CONTRINEX website, and im-
setting sun 10,000 Lux ported directly into construction
The sensitivity can Ambient temperature -10 ... +50 oC drawings.
be adjusted by means of range (+14 ... +122 oF)
the built-in potentiometer. Degree of protection IP 67 Delivery package
Turning clockwise in- Laser protection degree 2
Photoelectric proximity switch,
creases the sensitivity. EMC protection:
2 fixing nuts, screwdriver, instruc-
IEC 60255-5 1 kV
tions.
Protection IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2
IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3
The switches are
IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3
protected against over-
loads, short-circuits and
all possible wire reversals. Furthermore, protection against overvoltages
caused by inductive loads on the output and against voltage spikes on
the power supply lines are built in. Malfunctions or destruction caused
by electrostatic discharges, fast transients, or HF fields, are prevented
by appropriate technology.
LED Operating distance

The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. The green LED Standard target
lights up when sufficient light is available for reliable operation (approx. No-load supply current
80% of the maximum operating distance).
Emitter
Connection Weight (cable / connector model)
Switches with 2 m PVC cable 3 x 0.34 mm2 (type 8) or 4-pole S12 Part ref.: (bold: preferred types)
NPN light-ON / cable
request. Suitable connecting cables are listed on page 146.
NPN dark-ON / cable
Test input NPN light-ON / connector S12
The additional test input built into the emitters of the through-beam NPN dark-ON / connector S12
models provides the possibility of an extra system control. PNP light-ON / cable
PNP dark-ON / cable
PNP light-ON / connector S12
PNP dark-ON / connector S12
Suitable connecting cables (page 146)
Wiring (pages 114 - 115)
LASER THROUGH-BEAM SENSORS 1
proximity switches
M12
Inductive
Through-beam sensor
50,000 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
Emitter Receiver Emitter Receiver
Connecting cables
6
Accessories
50,000 mm
-
10 mA typ.
Laser red pulsed 660 nm
7
180 / 50 g (R and E)
Glossary

LLK-1121L-201 (R) / LLK-1121L-200 (E)
LLK-1121L-202 (R) / LLK-1121L-200 (E)
LLS-1121L-201 (R) / LLS-1121L-200 (E)
LLS-1121L-202 (R) / LLS-1121L-200 (E) 8
LLK-1121L-203 (R) / LLK-1121L-200 (E)
LLK-1121L-204 (R) / LLK-1121L-200 (E)
Index
LLS-1121L-203 (R) / LLS-1121L-200 (E)

LLS-1121L-204 (R) / LLS-1121L-200 (E)
G, H, K, L
Diagram 1 (R) / 4 (E)
SERIES 1180
At a glance: Excess-gain control M18
− Short: housing length 50 mm (cable model) / 63.5 mm (connector The built-in excess-gain
model) circuit simplifies alignment and Diffuse sensor with
− Long operating distances adjustment of the sensors. Any background suppression
− High switching frequency: 1000 Hz / 500 Hz* eventual dirt on the sensing faces
− Glass window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to clean is recognized in time, and can be 120 mm
− Excellent resistance to environmental influences thanks to polyure- removed easily.
thane potting of the electronic module
− Convenient sensitivity adjustment by means of the built-in potentiome-
Power-ON reset
Operation of the output is
ter (diffuse sensors; optional for other models)
inhibited until the power supply
− High degree of protection: IP 67 requirements are met. This pre-
Construction vents unwanted switching of the
The devices are built into chrome-plated brass housings, and encapsu- output during power-ON.
lated in polyurethane. The electronic module is constructed using SMD Background
technology on a ceramic-free epoxy substrate, and is therefore insensitive
to shock.
suppression
The diffuse sensor with back-
Sensitivity Technical data: ground suppression uses elec-
setting (according to IEC 60947-5-2) tronic distance setting. A PSD
Hysteresis 10 % typ. (Position-Sensitive Device)
The sensitivity of the
Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 36 VDC serves as the light receiver.
energetic diffuse sen- Operating distance adjustment
sors can be adjusted Max. ripple content 20 %
Output current 200 mA max. is carried out by means of a po-
from 40 ... 600 mm by tentiometer, using visible red light
means of the built-in po- Output voltage drop 2.0 V max.
as the source. The visible light
tentiometer (optional for at 200 mA spot (approx. 3 mm ∅) permits
other models). Turning Max. switching frequency 1,000 Hz / simple alignment. The device
clockwise increases the 500 Hz* contains no moving optical
sensitivity. Switching time (↑ and ↓) 0.5 msec / parts, and is therefore insensi-
1 msec* tive to vibration.
Operating Max. ambient light:
distance halogen 5,000 Lux Data sheets
adjustment Detailed data sheets with ad- Response curve:
sun 10,000 Lux ditional technical information are
The operating distance Ambient temperature -25 ... +55 oC
of the diffuse sensors with available for all models.These may
range (-13 ... +131 oF) be retrieved from the CONTRINEX
background suppression
Degree of protection IP 67 website (www.contrinex.com), or
can be adjusted from 10
EMC protection: ordered cost-free from our sales
... 120 mm by means of
the built-in potentiometer. IEC 60255-5 1 kV offices. [mm]
IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2

reduction in operating distance
16
Turning clockwise in-
IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Drawings
creases the operating The mechanical drawings 12 black 6%
distance. IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3 may be downloaded as data files
* Diffuse sensor with background from the CONTRINEX website, 8
Protection suppression and imported directly into con-
The switches are pro- struction drawings.
4 gray18%
tected against overloads,

short-circuits and all possible wire reversals. Furthermore, protection Delivery package
0 [mm]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
against overvoltages caused by inductive loads on the output and against Proximity switch, 2 fixing nuts, operating distance on white paper (90%)
voltage spikes on the power supply lines are built in. Malfunctions or instructions.
destruction caused by electrostatic discharges, fast transients, or HF
fields, are prevented by appropriate technology. Operating distance (setting range) 120 mm (10 ... 120 mm)
Standard target 100 x 100 mm white
LED
The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. The green LED No-load supply current 25 mA typ.
lights up when sufficient light is available for reliable operation (approx. Emitter LED red 660 nm
80% of the maximum operating distance). Weight (cable / connector model) 121 / 53 g
Connection Part ref.: (bold: preferred types)
Switches with 2 m PVC cable 3 x 0.34 mm2 (type 8) or 4 x 0.25 mm2
(type 12) for energetic diffuse sensors and the receiver of through-beam NPN light-ON / cable LHK-1180-301
sensors, or 4-pole S12 connector are standard. Other cable types or NPN dark-ON / cable -
lengths are available on request. Suitable connecting cables are listed NPN light-ON / connector S12 LHS-1180-301
on page 146.
Reflectors PNP light-ON / cable LHK-1180-303
A range of suitable reflectors for the reflex sensors is listed on page
113. PNP dark-ON / cable -
PNP light-ON / connector S12 LHS-1180-303
Test input PNP dark-ON / connector S12 -
models provides the possibility of an extra system control. Suitable connecting cables (page 146) G, H, K, L
SERIES 1180 1
proximity switches
M18 M18 M18
Inductive
Reflex sensor Diffuse sensor, Through-beam sensor
energetic
2,000 mm 600 mm 20,000 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
* *
Optical fibers
yellow
green
potentiometer
(diffuse sensors only)
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
* receiver only
s [mm]
2400
s [mm] 28000 5
Connecting cables
2200 s [mm] 24000
2000 700
1800 20000
600
1600
500 16000
1400
a
1200 400 12000 a
1000 a
s
800
300 s
6
8000
600 s 200
400 4000
100
200 a
Accessories
a a
[mm] 40 20 0 20 40 [mm] 80 40 0 40 80 [mm] 300 0 300
2,000 mm Operating distance (setting range) 600 mm (40 ... 600 mm) 20,000 mm
Reflector type 3 Standard target 200 x 200 mm white -
15 mA typ.
LED red polarized 660 nm
No-load supply current
Emitter
20 mA typ.
LED red 660 nm
10 mA typ. (R) / 15 mA typ. (E)
LED red 660 nm
7
121 / 53 g Weight (cable / connector model) 121 / 53 g 230 / 80 g (R and E)
Glossary
Part ref.: (bold: preferred types) (R) receiver / (E) emitter

- NPN changeover outputs / cable LTK-1180-101 LLK-1180-001 (R) / LLK-1180-000 (E)
LRK-1180-302 NPN light-ON + excess gain / cable LTK-1180-102 LLK-1180-002 (R) / LLK-1180-000 (E)
- NPN changeover outputs / conn. S12 LTS-1180-101 LLS-1180-001 (R) / LLS-1180-000 (E)
LRS-1180-302 NPN light-ON + excess gain / conn. S12 LTS-1180-102 LLS-1180-002 (R) / LLS-1180-000 (E) 8
- PNP changeover outputs / cable LTK-1180-103 LLK-1180-003 (R) / LLK-1180-000 (E)
LRK-1180-304 PNP light-ON + excess gain / cable LTK-1180-104 LLK-1180-004 (R) / LLK-1180-000 (E)
Index
- PNP changeover outputs / conn. S12 LTS-1180-103 LLS-1180-003 (R) / LLS-1180-000 (E)
LRS-1180-304 PNP light-ON + excess gain / conn. S12 LTS-1180-104 LLS-1180-004 (R) / LLS-1180-000 (E)
G, H, K, L Suitable connecting cables (page 146) M, N M, N
Diagram 1 Wiring (pages 114 - 115) Diagram 2 Diagram 2 (R) / 4 (E)
SERIES 1181L
At a glance: Power-ON reset
− Precise laser beam for the detection of very small objects Operation of the output is in-
− Short: housing length 50 mm (cable model) / 63.5 mm (connector hibited until the power supply re-
model) quirements are met. This prevents
− Long operating distance: 50 m unwanted switching of the output
− High switching frequency: 5,000 Hz during power-ON.
− Visible red laser light 660 nm
− Glass lens and window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to Data sheets
clean Detailed data sheets with addi-
− Excellent resistance to environmental influences thanks to polyurethane tional technical information are
potting of the electronic module available for all models. These may
− Convenient sensitivity adjustment by means of the built-in potentio- be retrieved from the CONTRINEX
meter website (www.contrinex.com), or
− High degree of protection: IP 67 ordered cost-free from our sales
offices.
Construction
The devices are Drawings
Technical data: The mechanical drawings may
built into stainless-steel (according to IEC 60947-5-2)
housings (V2A), and be downloaded as data files from
Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 36 VDC the CONTRINEX website, and
encapsulated in poly-
Max. ripple content 20 % imported directly into construction
urethane. The electronic
module is constructed us- Output current 200 mA max. drawings.
ing SMD technology on a (total of both outputs)
ceramic-free epoxy sub- Output voltage drop 2.0 V max. Delivery package
strate, and is therefore at 200 mA Photoelectric proximity switch,
insensitive to shock. Max. switching frequency 5,000 Hz 2 fixing nuts, instructions.
Switching time (↑ and ↓) 0.1 msec
Sensitivity Max. ambient light:
setting halogen 5,000 Lux
The sensitivity can sun 10,000 Lux
be adjusted by means Ambient temperature -10 ... +50 oC
of the built-in potentio- range (+14 ... +122 oF)
meter. Turning clock- Degree of protection IP 67
wise increases the sen- Laser protection degree 2
sitivity. EMC protection:
IEC 60255-5 1 kV
Protection IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2
The switches are pro- IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3
tected against overloads, IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3
short-circuits and all pos-
sible wire reversals. Fur-
thermore, protection against overvoltages caused by inductive loads on
the output and against voltage spikes on the power supply lines are built
in. Malfunctions or destruction caused by electrostatic discharges, fast
transients, or HF fields, are prevented by appropriate technology.
LED
The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. The green LED
lights up when sufficient light is available for reliable operation (approx. Operating distance
80% of the maximum operating distance). Standard target
Connection No-load supply current
Switches with 2 m PVC cable 3 x 0.34 mm2 (type 8) for the sender Emitter
and 4 x 0.25 mm2 (type 12) for the receiver, or 4-pole S12 connector are
Weight (cable / connector model)
standard. Other cable types or lengths are available on request. Suitable
connecting cables are listed on page 146. Part ref.: (bold: preferred types)
Test input NPN changeover outputs / cable
The additional test input built into the emitters of the through-beam NPN light-ON + excess gain / cable
models provides the possibility of an extra system control. NPN changeover outputs / conn. S12
Excess-gain control NPN light-ON + excess gain / conn. S12
The built-in excess-gain circuit simplifies alignment and adjustment PNP changeover outputs / cable
of the sensors. Any eventual dirt on the sensing faces is recognized in PNP light-ON + excess gain / cable
time, and can be removed easily.
PNP changeover outputs / conn. S12
PNP light-ON + excess gain / conn. S12
Suitable connecting cables (page 146)
Wiring (pages 114 - 115)
LASER THROUGH-BEAM SENSORS 1
proximity switches
M18
Inductive
Through-beam sensor
50,000 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
Emitter Receiver Emitter Receiver
Connecting cables
6
Accessories
50,000 mm
-
10 mA typ.
Laser red pulsed 660 nm
7
215 / 85 g (R and E)
Glossary

LLK-1181L-001 (R) / LLK-1181L-000 (E)
LLK-1181L-002 (R) / LLK-1181L-000 (E)
LLS-1181L-001 (R) / LLS-1181L-000 (E)
LLS-1181L-002 (R) / LLS-1181L-000 (E) 8
LLK-1181L-003 (R) / LLK-1181L-000 (E)
LLK-1181L-004 (R) / LLK-1181L-000 (E)
Index
LLS-1181L-003 (R) / LLS-1181L-000 (E)

LLS-1181L-004 (R) / LLS-1181L-000 (E)
M, N
Diagram 2 (R) / 4 (E)
SERIES 1180 W
At a glance:
− Right-angle sensing
Excess-gain control
The built-in excess-gain
M18W
− Compact, robust and fully integrated sensing head circuit simplifies alignment and Diffuse sensor with
− Easy installation: Fixing nuts can be mounted from both ends adjustment of the sensors. Any background suppression
− Technical data identical to corresponding devices with axial light emis- eventual dirt on the sensing faces
is recognized in time, and can be
sion
− Excellent resistance to environmental influences thanks to polyure- removed easily.
120 mm
thane potting of the electronic module
− Glass window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to clean Power-ON reset
Operation of the output is
− High degree of protection: IP 67
inhibited until the power supply
Construction requirements are met. This pre-
The devices are built into chrome-plated brass housings, and encap- vents unwanted switching of the
sulated in polyurethane. The electronic module is constructed using output during power-ON.
SMD technology on a ceramic-free epoxy substrate, and is therefore
insensitive to shock.
Background
suppression
Sensibility The diffuse sensor with back-
setting Technical data: ground suppression uses electro-
The sensitivity of the (according to IEC 60947-5-2) nic distance setting. A PSD (Posi-
energetic diffuse sen- Hysteresis 10 % typ. tion-Sensitive Device) serves as
sors can be adjusted Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 36 VDC the light receiver. Operating dis-
from 40 ... 600 mm by Max. ripple content 20 % tance adjustment is carried out by
means of the built-in po- Output current 200 mA max. means of a potentiometer, using
tentiometer (optional for visible red light as the source. The
other models). Turning visible light spot (approx. 3 mm
at 200 mA ∅) permits simple alignment. The
clockwise increases the Max. switching frequency 1,000 Hz /
sensitivity. device contains no moving optical
500 Hz* parts, and is therefore insensitive
Operating Switching time (↑ and ↓) 0.5 msec / to vibration.
distance 1 msec*
Max. ambient light: Data sheets
adjustment Detailed data sheets with addi-
The operating dis- halogen 5,000 Lux
sun 10,000 Lux tional technical information are Response curve:
tance of the diffuse available for all models. These may
sensors with back- Ambient temperature -25 ... +55 oC
be retrieved from the CONTRINEX
ground suppression can range (-13 ... +131 oF)
website (www.contrinex.com), or
be adjusted from 10 ... Degree of protection IP 67
ordered cost-free from our sales
120 mm by means of the EMC protection: offices.
built-in potentiometer. IEC 60255-5 1 kV
Turning clockwise in- IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2 Drawings [mm]
creases the operating IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 The mechanical drawings reduction in operating distance
30
distance. IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3 may be downloaded as data 25 black 6%
files from the CONTRINEX
Protection * Diffuse sensor with background
website, and imported directly
20
The switches are suppression into construction drawings.

15
10
protected against over- gray 18%
loads, short-circuits and Delivery package 5

[mm]
0
all possible wire reversals. Furthermore, protection against overvoltages Proximity switch, 2 fixing nuts, 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
caused by inductive loads on the output and against voltage spikes on instructions. operating distance on white paper (90%)
the power supply lines are built in. Malfunctions or destruction caused
by electrostatic discharges, fast transients, or HF fields, are prevented Operating distance (setting range) 120 mm (10 ... 120 mm)
by appropriate technology. Standard target 100 x 100 mm white
LED No-load supply current 25 mA typ.
The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. The green LED Emitter LED red 660 nm
lights up when sufficient light is available for reliable operation (approx. Weight (cable / connector model) 124 / 57 g
80% of the maximum operating distance).
Part ref.: (bold: preferred types)
Connection
Switches with 2 m PVC cable 3 x 0.34 mm (type 8) or 4 x 0.25 mm
2 2 NPN light-ON / cable LHK-1180W-301
(type 12) for energetic diffuse sensors and the receiver of through-beam NPN dark-ON / cable -
sensors, or 4-pole S12 connector are standard. Other cable types or NPN light-ON / connector S12 LHS-1180W-301
lengths are available on request. Suitable connecting cables are listed
on page 146. NPN dark-ON / connector S12 -
PNP light-ON / cable LHK-1180W-303
Reflectors PNP dark-ON / cable -
113. PNP light-ON / connector S12 LHS-1180W-303
Test input
The additional test input built into the emitters of the through-beam Suitable connecting cables (page 146) G, H, K, L
models provides the possibility of an extra system control. Wiring (pages 114 - 115) Diagram 1
SERIES 1180 W 1
proximity switches
M18W M18W M18W
Inductive
Reflex sensor Diffuse sensor, Through-beam sensor
energetic
2,000 mm 600 mm 20,000 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
potentiometer * * potentiometer
(diffuse sensors only) (diffuse sensors only)
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
* receiver only
s [mm] 5
Connecting cables
s [mm] 28000
2400
2200 s [mm]
24000
2000 700
1800 20000
600
1600
1400 500 16000
1200
400
a 12000
a
6
1000
a
800 300
8000 s
600
s 200 s
Accessories
400 4000
200 100
a a a
[mm] 40 20 0 20 40 [mm] 80 40 0 40 80 [mm] 300 0 300
2,000 mm Operating distance (setting range) 600 mm (40 ... 600 mm) 20,000 mm
Reflector type 3 Standard target 200 x 200 mm white -
15 mA typ. No-load supply current 20 mA typ. 10 mA typ. (R) / 15 mA typ. (E) 7
LED red polarized 660 nm Emitter LED red 660 nm LED red 660 nm
125 / 56 g Weight (cable / connector model) 123 / 56 g 248 / 114 g (R and E)
Glossary
Part ref.: (bold: preferred types) (R) receiver / (E) emitter

- NPN changeover outputs / cable LTK-1180W-101 LLK-1180W-001 (R) / LLK-1180W-000 (E)
LRK-1180W-302 NPN light-ON + excess gain / cable LTK-1180W-102 LLK-1180W-002 (R) /LLK-1180W-000 (E)
- NPN changeover outputs / conn. S12 LTS-1180W-101 LLS-1180W-001 (R) / LLS-1180W-000 (E)
LRS-1180W-302 NPN light-ON + excess gain / conn. S12 LTS-1180W-102 LLS-1180W-002 (R) /LLS-1180W-000 (E) 8
- PNP changeover outputs / cable LTK-1180W-103 LLK-1180W-003 (R) / LLK-1180W-000 (E)
LRK-1180W-304 PNP light-ON + excess gain / cable LTK-1180W-104 LLK-1180W-004 (R) / LLK-1180W-000 (E)
Index
- PNP changeover outputs / conn. S12 LTS-1180W-103 LLS-1180W-003 (R) / LLS-1180W-000 (E)
LRS-1180W-304 PNP light-ON + excess gain / conn. S12 LTS-1180W-104 LLS-1180W-004 (R) / LLS-1180W-000 (E)
G, H, K, L Suitable connecting cables (page 146) M, N M, N
Diagram 1 Wiring (pages 114 - 115) Diagram 2 Diagram 2 (R) / 4 (E)
SERIES 3030
At a glance: Power-ON reset 30x30
− Small, but robust Operation of the output is Diffuse sensor,
− Long operating distances inhibited until the power supply
− High switching frequency: 1000 Hz / 500 Hz* requirements are met. This pre- energetic
− Glass window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to clean vents unwanted switching of the
− Excellent resistance to environmental influences thanks to polyurethane output during power-ON. 1,200 mm
potting of the electronic module
− Convenient sensitivity adjustment by means of the built-in 12-turn Background
potentiometer suppression
− High degree of protection: IP 67 The diffuse sensor with back-
ground suppression uses elec-
Construction tronic distance setting. A PSD
The devices are built Technical data: (Position-Sensitive Device)
into a housing of glass- (according to IEC 60947-5-2) serves as the light receiver.
fiber reinforced PBTP/ Hysteresis 10 % typ. Operating distance adjustment
polybutyleneterephtha- Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 36 VDC is carried out by means of a po-
late (Crastin), and fully Max. ripple content 20 % tentiometer, using visible red light
potted with polyurethane Output current (total of 200 mA max. as the source. The visible light
resin. The covers are both outputs) spot (approx. 3 mm ∅) permits
ultrasonically welded. simple alignment. The device
Two mounting holes are contains no moving optical Dimensions:
at 200 mA
provided for the use of parts, and is therefore insensi-
M4 fastening screws. Max. switching frequency 1000 Hz /
tive to vibration. M4 4,5
A universal mounting 500 Hz* 21 4,5
bracket as well as Switching time (↑ and ↓) 0.5 msec / Data sheets
4,5
screws are included 1 msec* Detailed data sheets with
14
22
30
21
with every switch. Max. ambient light: additional technical information
20
halogen 5,000 Lux are available for all models.
4,5
Sensitivity sun 10,000 Lux These may be retrieved from 15 8 22
setting Ambient temperature -25 ... +55 oC the CONTRINEX website 30
The sensitivity can range (-13 ... +131 oF) (www.contrinex.com), or ordered
be very finely adjusted Degree of protection IP 67 cost-free from our sales offices.
by means of the built-in EMC protection:
12-turn potentiometer. Drawings
IEC 60255-5 1 kV The mechanical drawings Response curve:
The potentiometer can- IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2
not be turned too far. may be downloaded as data files
IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 from the CONTRINEX website, s [mm]
IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3 and imported directly into con-
creases the sensitivity. 1200
* Diffuse sensor with background struction drawings.
Protection suppression 1000
The switches are Delivery package 800

protected against over- Proximity switch, mounting a
loads, short-circuits and all possible wire reversals. Furthermore, pro- bracket, screws, washers and 600
tection against overvoltages caused by inductive loads on the output and nuts, screwdriver, instructions. 400
s
against voltage spikes on the power supply lines are built in. Appropriate
200
technology prevents malfunctions or destruction caused by electrostatic
discharges, fast transients, or HF fields. a
[mm]150 100 50 0 50 100 150
LED
The yellow LED lights up when the light-ON output is switched. The Operating distance 1,200 mm
green LED lights up if the receiver gets enough light (excess gain) for
reliable operation. At the same time the corresponding output (types -102
and -104 only) is switched. No-load supply current 15 mA typ.
Emitter IR LED 880 nm
Connection
NPN changeover outputs / cable LTK-3030-101
Reflectors NPN light-ON + excess gain / cable LTK-3030-102
113. NPN changeover outputs / conn. S8 LTS-3030-101
NPN light-ON + excess gain / conn. S8 LTS-3030-102
Test input
The additional test input built into the emitters of the through-beam PNP changeover outputs / cable LTK-3030-103
models provides the possibility of an extra system control. PNP light-ON + excess gain / cable LTK-3030-104
Excess-gain control PNP changeover outputs / conn. S8 LTS-3030-103
The built-in excess-gain circuit (separate output for types -102 and PNP light-ON + excess gain / conn. S8 LTS-3030-104
-104) simplifies alignment and adjustment of the sensors. Any eventual Suitable connecting cables (page 146) E, F
dirt is recognized in time, and can be removed easily.
SERIES 3030 1
proximity switches
30x30 30x30 30x30 30x30
Inductive
Diffuse sensor with Reflex sensor Through-beam sensor Fiber-optic amplifier
15 ... 150 mm 4,000 mm 12,000 mm 120 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
M4 4,5 21 4,5 M4 4,5 21 4,5 M4 4,5 21 4,5 M4 4,5 21 4,5 7
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
proximity switches
22
22
22
22
14
14
14
14
30
21
30
21
30
30
21
21
20
20
20
20
Ultrasonic
8
8
4,5
8
4,5
4,5
4,5
15 8 22 5 15 8 22 5 15 8 22 8 22
15
30 30 30 30
s [mm]
5
Connecting cables
s [mm]
s [mm] 14000
4000
12000 120
[mm] 3500
10000 100
32 3000
2500 8000 80
24 black 6 % a
2000 a 6000 60
16
8
gray 18 %
1500
1000
s 4000
a s 40
s
6
2000 20
Accessories
0 [mm] 500
0 40 80 120 160 a a a
operating distance with white paper (90%) [mm] 80 40 0 40 80 [mm] 800 400 0 400 800 [mm] 40 20 0 20 40
15 ... 150 mm 4,000 mm 12,000 mm 120 mm (with LFP-1002-020)

100 x 100 mm white Reflector type 3 - 100 x 100 mm white
25 mA typ.
LED red 660 nm
15 mA typ.
LED red polarized 660 nm
10 mA typ. (R) / 15 mA typ. (E)
IR LED 880 nm
15 mA typ.
LED red 660 nm
7
75 / 17 g 80 / 18 g 150 / 34 g (R and E) 78 / 18 g
Glossary

LHK-3030-101 LRK-3030-101 LLK-3030-001 (R) / LLK-3030-000 (E) LFK-3030-101
LHS-3030-101 LRS-3030-101 LLS-3030-001 (R) / LLS-3030-000 (E) LFS-3030-101
LHS-3030-102 LRS-3030-102 LLS-3030-002 (R) / LLS-3030-000 (E) LFS-3030-102 8
Index

E, F E, F E, F E, F
Diagram 2 Diagram 2 Diagram 2 (R) / 4 (E) Diagram 2

SERIES 3031
At a glance: Background 30x30
− Small, but robust suppression Diffuse sensor,
− Low cost The diffuse sensor with back-
− High switching frequency: 1000 Hz / 500 Hz* ground suppression uses elec- energetic
− Glass window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to clean tronic distance setting. A PSD
− Excellent resistance to environmental influences thanks to polyurethane (Position-Sensitive Device) 600 mm
potting of the electronic module serves as the light receiver.
− Convenient sensitivity adjustment by means of the built-in 12-turn Operating distance adjustment
potentiometer is carried out by means of a
− High degree of protection: IP 65 potentiometer, using visible red
light as the source. The visible
Construction light spot (approx. 3 mm ∅)
The devices are built Technical data:
(according to IEC 60947-5-2) permits simple alignment. The
into a housing of glass- device contains no moving optical
fiber reinforced PBTP/ Hysteresis 10 % typ.
parts, and is therefore insensitive
polybutyleneterephtha- Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 36 VDC
to vibration.
late (Crastin), and fully Max. ripple content 20 %
potted with polyurethane Output current 200 mA max. Fixing
resin. The covers are Output voltage drop 2.0 V max. For fixation purposes, CON-
ultrasonically welded. at 200 mA TRINEX offers a mounting set
Two mounting holes are Max. switching frequency: 1000 Hz / (order reference LXW-3030-003), Dimensions:
provided for the use of 500 Hz* consisting of a universal fixing
M4 fastening screws. Switching time (↑ and ↓) 0.5 msec / bracket, screws, and a screw- M4 4,5 21 4,5
1 msec* driver suitable for adjusting the

Sensitivity
4,5
Max. ambient light: potentiometer.
setting
14
22
30
halogen 5,000 Lux
21
The sensitivity can Data sheets
20
be very finely adjusted sun 10,000 Lux Detailed data sheets with addi-
4,5
by means of the built-in Ambient temperature -25 ... +55 oC tional technical information are 15 8 22
30
12-turn potentiome- range (-13 ... +131 oF) available for all models. These may
ter. The potentiometer Degree of protection IP 65 be retrieved from the CONTRINEX
cannot be turned too EMC protection: website (www.contrinex.com), or
far. Turning clockwise IEC 60255-5 1 kV ordered cost-free from our sales
increases the sensi- IEC 61000-4-2 Level 3 offices.
tivity. IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Response curve:
IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3
Drawings
Protection * Diffuse sensor with background
The mechanical drawings s [mm]
The switches are may be downloaded as data files 700
protected against over- suppression from the CONTRINEX website, 600

loads, short-circuits and and imported directly into con-
500
all possible wire reversals. Furthermore, protection against overvoltages struction drawings.
caused by inductive loads on the output and against voltage spikes on
the power supply lines are built in. Appropriate technology prevents Delivery package 400
a
malfunctions or destruction caused by electrostatic discharges, fast Proximity switch, instruc- 300
tions. s
transients, or HF fields. 200
LED 100
The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. The green a
[mm]
LED lights up when sufficient light (excess gain) is available for reliable 80 40 0 40 80
operation (approx. 80% of the maximum operating distance).

Connection Standard target 200 x 200 mm white
Switches with 2 m PVC cable 3 x 0.14 mm2 (type 2) or 3-pole S8
connector are standard. Other cable types or lengths are available on No-load supply current 15 mA typ.
request. Suitable connecting cables are listed on page 146. Emitter IR LED 880 nm
Reflectors Weight (cable / connector model) 75 / 17 g
A range of suitable reflectors for the reflex sensors is listed on page Part ref.: (bold: preferred types)
113.
NPN light-ON / cable LTK-3031-301
Test input NPN dark-ON / cable -
models provides the possibility of an extra system control. NPN light-ON / connector S8 LTS-3031-301
Excess-gain control PNP light-ON / cable LTK-3031-303
The built-in excess-gain circuit simplifies alignment and adjustment of
the sensors. Any dirt is recognized in time, and can be removed easily. PNP dark-ON / cable -
PNP light-ON / connector S8 LTS-3031-303
Power-ON reset
Operation of the output is inhibited until the power supply require- PNP dark-ON / connector S8 -
ments are met. This prevents unwanted switching of the output during Suitable connecting cables (page 146) A, B
power-ON. Wiring (pages 114 - 115) Diagram 1
SERIES 3031 1
proximity switches
30x30 30x30 30x30 30x30
Inductive
Diffuse sensor with Reflex sensor Through-beam sensor Fiber-optic amplifier
15 ... 150 mm 2,000 mm 6,000 mm 60 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
M4 4,5 21 4,5 M4 4,5 21 4,5 M4 4,5 21 4,5 ��
4
4,5
4,5
4,5
��
22
22
14
14
22
14
��
proximity switches
��
30
21
30
21
30
21
��
��
20
20
20
��
Ultrasonic
8
8
4,5
8
4,5
4,5
��
15 8 22 5 15 8 22 5 15 8 22
� ��
30 30 30 ��
��
Connecting cables
s [mm]
2000 s [mm]
1800 7000
s [mm]
1600
6000 60
[mm] 1400
32 5000 50
1200
24 1000 4000 40
black 6 % a
16
800
600
a
s
3000
2000
a s
30
20
s 6
8
gray 18 % 400
Accessories
1000 10
0 [mm] 200
0 40 80 120 160 a a a
operating distance on white paper (90%) [mm] 40 20 0 20 40 [mm] 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 [mm] 20 10 0 10 20
15 ... 150 mm 2,000 mm 6,000 mm 60 mm (with LFP-1002-020)

100 x 100 mm white Reflector type 3 - 100 x 100 mm white
25 mA typ. 15 mA typ. 10 mA typ. (R) / 15 mA typ. (E) 15 mA typ. 7
LED red 660 nm LED red polarized 660 nm IR LED 880 nm LED red 660 nm
75 / 17 g 80 / 18 g 150 / 34 g (R and E) 78 / 17 g
Glossary

LHK-3031-301 - - LFK-3031-301
- LRK-3031-302 LLK-3031-202 (R) / LLK-3031-200 (E) LFK-3031-302
LHS-3031-301 - - LFS-3031-301
- LRS-3031-302 LLS-3031-202 (R) / LLS-3031-200 (E) LFS-3031-302 8
LHK-3031-303 - - LFK-3031-303
- LRK-3031-304 LLK-3031-204 (R) / LLK-3031-200 (E) LFK-3031-304
Index
LHS-3031-303 - - LFS-3031-303
- LRS-3031-304 LLS-3031-204 (R) / LLS-3031-200 (E) LFS-3031-304
A, B A, B A, B A, B
Diagram 1 Diagram 1 Diagram 1 (R) / 4 (E) Diagram 1
SERIES 4040
− Small, but robust Operation of the output is
− Very long operating distances inhibited until the power supply Diffuse sensor,
− High switching frequency: 1000 Hz requirements are met. This pre- energetic
− Glass window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to clean vents unwanted switching of the
− Excellent resistance to environmental influences thanks to polyurethane output during power-ON. 2,000 mm
potting of the electronic module
− Convenient sensitivity adjustment by means of the built-in 20-turn Data sheets
potentiometer Detailed data sheets with
− High degree of protection: IP 67 additional technical information
are available for all models.
Construction These may be retrieved from
The devices are built the CONTRINEX website
into a housing of glass- Technical data: (www.contrinex.com), or ordered
fiber reinforced PBTP/ (according to IEC 60947-5-2) cost-free from our sales offices.
polybutyleneterephtha- Hysteresis 10 % typ.
late (Crastin), and fully Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 36 VDC Drawings
potted with polyurethane Max. ripple content 20 % The mechanical drawings
resin. The covers are may be downloaded as data files
Output current (total of 200 mA max.
ultrasonically welded. from the CONTRINEX website,
both outputs)
Two mounting holes are and imported directly into con-
Output voltage drop 2.0 V max. struction drawings. Dimensions:
provided for the use of at 200 mA
M4 fastening screws. Max. switching frequency 1000 Hz Delivery package
A universal mount- Switching time (↑ and ↓) 0.5 msec Proximity switch, mounting
Ø M4 4,5 31 4,5
ing bracket as well as Max. ambient light: bracket, screws, washers and
4,5
screws are delivered nuts, screwdriver, instructions.
halogen 5,000 Lux
28
with every switch.
40
31
sun 10,000 Lux
29
Sensitivity
12
Ambient temperature -25 ... +55 oC
4,5
setting
19 12 28
range (-13 ... +131 oF) 40
The sensitivity can Degree of protection IP 67
be very finely adjusted EMC protection:
by means of the built-in IEC 60255-5 1 kV
20-turn potentiometer. IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2
The potentiometer can- IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Response curve:
not be turned too far. IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3
creases the sensitivity. s [mm]
2200
Protection 2000
1800
The switches are protected against overloads, short-circuits and all 1600
possible wire reversals. Furthermore, protection against overvoltages 1400
1200 a
caused by inductive loads on the output and against voltage spikes 1000
on the power supply lines are built in. Appropriate technology prevents 800 s
malfunctions or destruction caused by electrostatic discharges, fast 600
400
transients, or HF fields. 200
a
LED [mm] 200 100 0 100 200
The yellow LED lights up when the light-ON output is switched. The
green LED lights up if the receiver gets enough light (excess gain) for
reliable operation (approx. 80 % of the maximum operating distance). Operating distance 2,000 mm
At the same time, the corresponding output (types -102 and -104 only) Standard target 400 x 400 mm white
is switched. No-load supply current 25 mA typ.
Reflectors NPN changeover outputs / cable LTK-4040-101
A range of suitable reflectors for the reflex sensors is listed on page NPN light-ON + excess gain / cable LTK-4040-102
113. NPN changeover outputs / conn. S8 LTS-4040-101
Test input NPN light-ON + excess gain / conn. S8 LTS-4040-102
The additional test input built into the emitters of the through-beam PNP changeover outputs / cable LTK-4040-103
models provides the possibility of an extra system control. PNP light-ON + excess gain / cable LTK-4040-104
Excess-gain control PNP changeover outputs / conn. S8 LTS-4040-103
The built-in excess-gain circuit simplifies alignment and adjustment PNP light-ON + excess gain / conn. S8 LTS-4040-104
of the sensors. Any eventual dirt is recognized in time, and can be re-
moved easily. Suitable connecting cables (page 146) E, F
SERIES 4040 1
proximity switches
40x40 40x40 40x40
Inductive
Reflex sensor Through-beam sensor Fiber-optic amplifier
6,000 mm 15,000 mm 150 mm

2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
Ø M4 4,5 31 4,5 Ø M4 4,5 31 4,5 Ø M4 4,5 31 4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
proximity switches
16
16
28
28
22
22
28
40
31
40
31
40
31
29
Ultrasonic
29
29
12
12
12
4,5
4,5
4,5
19 12 28 5 19 12 28 5 19 12 28
40 40 40
Connecting cables
s [mm]
160
140
120
100
a
80
60
40
s
6
20
Accessories
a
[mm] 40 20 0 20 40
6,000 mm 15,000 mm 150 mm (with LFG-1030-050)

Reflector type 3 - 100 x 100 mm white
20 mA typ. 10 mA typ. (R) / 15 mA typ. (E) 20 mA typ. 7
LED red polarized 660 nm IR LED 880 nm IR LED 880 nm
90 / 35 g 190 / 70 g (R and E) 95 / 35 g
Glossary

LRK-4040-101 LLK-4040-001 (R) / LLK-4040-000 (E) LFK-4040-101
LRK-4040-102 LLK-4040-002 (R) / LLK-4040-000 (E) LFK-4040-102
LRS-4040-101 LLS-4040-001 (R) / LLS-4040-000 (E) LFS-4040-101
LRS-4040-102 LLS-4040-002 (R) / LLS-4040-000 (E) LFS-4040-102 8
LRK-4040-103 LLK-4040-003 (R) / LLK-4040-000 (E) LFK-4040-103
LRK-4040-104 LLK-4040-004 (R) / LLK-4040-000 (E) LFK-4040-104
Index
LRS-4040-103 LLS-4040-003 (R) / LLS-4040-000 (E) LFS-4040-103

LRS-4040-104 LLS-4040-004 (R) / LLS-4040-000 (E) LFS-4040-104
E, F E, F E, F
Diagram 2 Diagram 2 (R) / 4 (E) Diagram 2
SERIES 3060
− Fiber-optic amplifiers for DIN-rail mounting (DIN/EN 50022) Operation of the output is
− Excellent detection properties across a wide sensing range of inhibited until the power supply Fiber-optic amplifier
0 ... 200 mm for red-light / 0 ... 100 mm for blue-light executions and requirements are met. This pre- with potentiometer
0 ... 140 mm for executions with high switching frequency vents unwanted switching of the
− No blind zone output during power-ON. 200 mm
− Large setting range of 20 ... 200 mm for red-light / 20 .. 100 mm
for blue-light executions and 20 ... 140 mm for executions with high Simple operation
switching frequency The operating and display
− Distance setting by means of a 12-turn potentiometer with illuminated elements are clearly structured
calibration scale and largely self-explanatory.
− Switch selectable light-ON / dark-ON output, as well as excess-gain Additional operating informa-
output tion can be found on the device
− 10 mm housing width labels, and detailed operating
instructions are delivered with
Construction every switch.
The devices are built Technical data:
into a housing of glass- Data sheets
(according to IEC 60947-5-2) Detailed data sheets with
fiber reinforced PBTP Hysteresis 10 % typ.
/ polybutylenetereph- additional technical informa-
Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 30 VDC tion are available for all mod-
thalate (Crastin). The
Max. ripple content 20 % els. These may be retrieved
housing width is only
10 mm, thus minimizing Output current 200 mA max. from the CONTRINEX website
the space required for Output voltage drop 2.0 V max. (www.contrinex.com), or or-
stacking. The optical at 200 mA dered cost-free from our sales
fibers (∅ 2.2 mm) are Max. switching frequency 1,500 Hz / offices.
connected by quick- 5,000 Hz*
Switching time (↑ and ↓) 330 µsec /
Drawings
locking, which protects The mechanical drawings
t h e m f r o m det a c h - 100 µsec*
may be downloaded as data files
ing accidentally. The Max. ambient light: from the CONTRINEX website,
operating and display halogen 5,000 Lux and imported directly into con-
elements are protected sun 10,000 Lux struction drawings.
by a clip-on transparent Ambient temperature -25 ... +55 oC
cover. The devices can range (-13 ... +131 oF) Delivery package
be snapped onto DIN Degree of protection IP 64 Device, instructions. Response curve:
rails (DIN/EN 50022). EMC protection:
IEC 60255-5 5 kV
Operating IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2
distance IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3
adjustment IEC 61000-4-4 Level 2
The operating dis- * Executions with high switching frequency
tance is adjusted by
means of a 12-turn
potentiometer (setting range 20 ... 200 mm for red-light / 20 ... 100 mm
for blue-light executions and 20 ... 140 mm for executions with high
switching frequency).
Light-ON / dark-ON
The output function is switch selectable light-ON / dark-ON directly
on the device (default setting: light-ON). Operating distance 200 mm (with LFP-1002-020)
Protection
The switches are protected against overloads, short-circuits and all No-load supply current (at UB=24V) 15 mA typ.
possible wire reversals. Furthermore, protection against overvoltages Emitter LED red 680 nm
caused by inductive loads on the output and against voltage spikes on the Weight (cable / connector model) 69 g / 18 g
power supply lines are built in. Appropriate technology prevents malfunc-
tions or destruction caused by electrostatic discharges, fast transients, Part ref.: (bold: preferred types)
or HF fields. Thanks to optimum sealing, the devices are resistant to NPN potentiometer / cable LFK-3060-101
environmental influences (degree of protection IP 64).
LED NPN potentiometer / connector S8 LFS-3060-101
The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. The green LED
lights up when sufficient light is available for reliable operation (approx.
80% of the maximum operating distance). PNP potentiometer / cable LFK-3060-103
Connection
Devices with 2 m PVC cable 4 x 0.25 mm2 (type 12) or 4-pole S8 PNP potentiometer / connector S8 LFS-3060-103
request. Suitable connecting cables are listed on page 146. Suitable connecting cables (page 146) E, F
SERIES 3060 1
proximity switches
31x60 31x60
Inductive
Fiber-optic amplifier with poten- Blue-light fiber-optic
tiometer, high switching frequency amplifier with potentiometer
140 mm 100 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Dimensions:
2,3 10 2,3 10
10,8
10,8
13
13
Optical fibers
4
OUT OUT
RES RES
60
60
35
35
Adjust Adjust
46
46
9
8
31,1
Ø 3,4 Light-ON
Ø 3,4 Light-ON
4
Dark-ON Dark-ON
SWISS MADE SWISS MADE
proximity switches
8,5
6,3
Ø4 Ø4
Ultrasonic
6,3
Connecting cables
� ��
��
��
� �
��
6
��
� �
��
Accessories
� �
��
140 mm (with LFP-1002-020) 100 mm (with LFP-1002-020)

100 x 100 mm white 100 x 100 mm white
LED red 680 nm LED blue 465 nm
69 g / 18 g 69 g / 18 g
Glossary
LFK-3260-101 LFK-3360-101
LFS-3260-101 LFS-3360-101
8
LFK-3260-103 LFK-3360-103
Index
LFS-3260-103 LFS-3360-103
E, F E, F
Diagram 2 Diagram 2
SERIES 3065 WITH TEACH-IN
At a glance: LED 31x60
− Fiber-optic amplifiers for DIN-rail mounting (DIN/EN 50022) A yellow LED indicates the
− Excellent detection properties across a wide sensing range switching state. Signal-strength Fiber-optic amplifier
of 0 ... 200 mm for red-light / 0 ... 100 mm for blue-light executions and excess-gain indication by with teach-in
and 0 ... 140 mm for executions with high switching frequency means of a bargraph allow for
− No blind zone optimum alignment of the optical 200 mm
− Large setting range of 20 ... 200 mm for red-light / 20 ... 100 mm fibers. The status LED shows the
for blue-light executions and 20 ... 140 mm for executions with high output state of the device during
switching frequency the teach process, and 8 green
LEDs indicate the activated
− Regulated emitter light power
functions.
− Distance setting by means of teach-in with additional manual fine
adjustment Connection
− Signal-strength and excess-gain indication by means of a bargraph Devices with 2 m PVC cable
− 10 mm housing width 4 x 0.25 mm2 (type 12) or 4-pole
S8 connector are standard.
Construction Other cable types or lengths
The devices are Technical data: are available on request. Suitable
built into a housing (according to IEC 60947-5-2) connecting cables are listed on
of glass-fiber reinfor- Hysteresis 10 % typ. page 146.
ced PBTP / polybutylen-
eterephthalate (Crastin).
Supply voltage range UB 10 ... 30 VDC Power-ON reset
Max. ripple content 20 % Operation of the output is
The housing width is only
10 mm, thus minimizing Output current 200 mA max. inhibited until the power supply
the space required for Output voltage drop 2.0 V max. requirements are met. This pre-
stacking. The optical at 200 mA vents unwanted switching of the
fibers (∅ 2.2 mm) are Max. switching frequency 1,500 Hz / output during power-ON.
connected by quick- 5,000 Hz* Simple operation
locking, which protects Switching time (↑ and ↓) 330 µsec / The operating and display
them from detaching 100 µsec* elements are clearly structured
accidentally. The operat- Max. ambient light: and largely self-explanatory.
ing and display elements halogen 5,000 Lux Additional operating informa-
are protected by a clip-on tion can be found on the device
transparent cover. The sun 10,000 Lux
labels, and detailed operating
devices can be snapped Ambient temperature -25 ... +55 oC instructions are delivered with
onto DIN rails (DIN/EN range (-13 ... +131 oF) every switch.
50022). Degree of protection IP 64 Response curve:
EMC protection:
Data sheets
Operating The data sheets for these
IEC 60255-5 5 kV
distance IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2
products may be directly down-
adjustment IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3
loaded from the CONTRINEX
The operating dis- website (www.contrinex.com).
IEC 61000-4-4 Level 2
tance is adjusted by Drawings
means of teach-in (setting * Executions with high switching frequency The mechanical drawings
range 20 ... 200 mm for may be downloaded as data
red-light / 20 ... 100 mm files from the CONTRINEX
for blue-light executions and 20 ... 140 mm for executions with high switching website, and imported directly
frequency). Depending on the application, either Teach 1 (only for background), into construction drawings.
or Teach 2 (for target and background) may be used. The additional manual
fine adjustment allows for optimum regulation. The teach process can be Delivery package
triggered remotely. Device, instructions.
Regulated light power
The emitter light power is regulated automatically, which results in a Operating distance 200 mm (with LFP-1002-020)
very small temperature and aging drift of the operating distance, as well Standard target 100 x 100 mm white
as reducing the spread of the latter between individual devices. No-load supply current (at UB=24V) 25 mA typ.
Timers Emitter LED red 680 nm
If needed, the built-in timers for pulse delay and stretching can be
activated. The factory-adjusted 10 msec setting can be increased by Weight (cable / connector model) 68 g / 17 g
increments of 10 msec.
Part ref.: (bold: preferred types)
Light-ON / dark-ON NPN teach-in / cable LFK-3065-101
The output function can be selected directly on the device (default
setting: light-ON).
Protection NPN teach-in / connector S8 LFS-3065-101
The switches are protected against overloads, short-circuits and all
possible wire reversals. Furthermore, protection against overvoltages
PNP teach-in / cable LFK-3065-103
caused by inductive loads on the output and against voltage spikes
on the power supply lines are built in. Appropriate technology prevents
malfunctions or destruction caused by electrostatic discharges, fast PNP teach-in / connector S8 LFS-3065-103
transients, or HF fields. Thanks to optimum sealing, the devices are
resistant to environmental influences (degree of protection IP 64).
Suitable connecting cables (page 146) E, F
SERIES 3065 WITH TEACH-IN 1
proximity switches
31x60 31x60
Inductive
Fiber-optic amplifier with teach-in, Blue-light fiber-optic amplifier
high switching frequency with teach-in
140 mm 100 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Dimensions:
2,3 10 2,3 10
10,8
10,8
13
13
Optical fibers
OUT
max
OUT
max
4
Time Time
Enter Enter
60
60
35
35
46
46
9
Signal Signal
Mode Mode
Status Status
31,1
Teach 1 Teach 1
Teach 2 Teach 2
Ø 3,4 Adjust
Delay Ø 3,4 Adjust
Delay
Stretch Stretch
Light-On
4
Light-On
SWISS MADE SWISS MADE
proximity switches
8,5
6,3
Ø4 Ø4
Ultrasonic
6,3
Connecting cables
� ��
��
��
� �
6
��
� �
��
Accessories
� �
��
140 mm (with LFP-1002-020) 100 mm (with LFP-1002-020)

100 x 100 mm white 100 x 100 mm white
LED red 680 nm LED blue 465 nm
68 g / 17 g 68 g / 17 g
Glossary
LFK-3265-101 LFK-3365-101
LFS-3265-101 LFS-3365-101
8
LFK-3265-103 LFK-3365-103
Index
LFS-3265-103 LFS-3365-103
E, F E, F
Diagram 7 Diagram 6
SERIES 6080
− Robust universal devices Operation of the output is
− Long operating distances inhibited until the power supply Diffuse sensor,
− High switching frequency: 1,000 Hz / 250 Hz* requirements are met. This pre- energetic
− Reflex sensors using autocollimation principle vents unwanted switching of the
−
−
Glass window, therefore scratch resistant and easy to clean
The PBTP (Crastin) housing provides exceptional resistance to envi-
output during power-ON. 2,000 mm
ronmental influences
Background
− Sensitivity adjustment by means of a built-in potentiometer with cali- suppression
bration scale and reduction gearbox The diffuse sensor with back-
− High degree of protection: IP 67 ground suppression uses elec-
tronic distance setting. A PSD
Construction (Position-Sensitive Device)
The devices are built Technical data: serves as the light receiver. Op-
into a housing of glass- (according to IEC 60947-5-2) erating distance adjustment is
fiber reinforced PBTP/ Hysteresis 10 % typ. carried out by means of a poten-
polybutyleneterephtha- DC supply voltage range UB 10 ... 36 VDC tiometer, using infra-red light as
late (Crastin). For fixing UC supply voltage range UB 20 ... 265 VAC the source. At a distance of 1 m,
purposes, a number of the light spot has a diameter of
20 ... 320 VDC
through holes suitable approx. 30 mm.
for M5 screws are pro- Max. ripple content** 20 %
vided. The distance Output current** 200 mA max. Timer
between the holes has Output voltage drop** 2.0 V max. The timer (optional) allows
been chosen for maxi- at 200 mA selection of switch-on delay,
mum compatibility with switch-off delay, or pulses; ad-
Max. switching frequency** 1000 Hz /
the most commonly justable from 0.01 ... 1 s (UC
250 Hz* models 0.1 ... 10 s).
available sensors on Switching time** (↑ and ↓) 0.5 msec /
the market. 2 msec* Data sheets
Sensitivity Max. ambient light: Detailed data sheets with
additional technical information
setting halogen 5,000 Lux are available for all models.
The sensitivity can sun 10,000 Lux These may be retrieved from
be very finely adjusted Response curve:
Ambient temperature -5 ... +55 oC the CONTRINEX website
by means of the built- range (+23 ... +131 oF) (www.contrinex.com), or ordered s [mm]
2200
in potentiometer with Degree of protection IP 67 cost-free from our sales offices. 2000
calibration scale and
EMC protection: Drawings 1800
reduction gearbox. The
potentiometer cannot IEC 60255-5 1 kV The mechanical drawings 1600
be turned too far. Turn- IEC 61000-4-2 Level 3 may be downloaded as data files 1400
ing clockwise increases IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 from the CONTRINEX website, 1200
1000
the sensitivity. IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3 and imported directly into con-
struction drawings. 800 a
Protection * Diffuse sensor with background 600
The switches are suppression Delivery package 400
s
protected against over- ** DC models (UC see data sheet) Proximity switch, instruc- 200
loads, short-circuits and tions. a
[mm] 200 100 0 100 200
all possible wire rever-
sals. Furthermore, protection against overvoltages caused by inductive Operating distance 2,000 mm
loads on the output and against voltage spikes on the power supply lines Standard target 400 x 400 mm white
are built in. Appropriate technology prevents malfunctions or destruction
caused by electrostatic discharges, fast transients, or HF fields. No-load supply current DC / voltage UC 20 mA / 2 VA typ.
LED Emitter IR LED 880 nm
The yellow LED lights up when the light-ON output is switched. The Weight 100 g
green LED indicates that sufficient light is available for reliable operation
(approx. 80% of the maximum operating distance); at the same time, the Part ref.: (bold: preferred types)
corresponding output (if available) is switched. DC NPN / connector S12 LTS-6080-101*
Connection DC NPN / screw terminal LTT-6080-101
As standard, the devices are delivered with 4-pole or 5-pole S12
connector, or screw terminal. Suitable connecting cables are listed on DC NPN timer*** / connector S12 LTS-6080-151**
page 146. DC NPN timer*** / screw terminal LTT-6080-151
Reflectors DC PNP / connector S12 LTS-6080-103*
A range of suitable reflectors for the reflex sensors is listed on page DC PNP / screw terminal LTT-6080-103
113.
DC PNP timer*** / connector S12 LTS-6080-153**
Test input DC PNP timer*** / screw terminal LTT-6080-153
The built-in test input (optional for some models) provides the pos-
sibility of an extra system control. UC relay / connector S12 LTS-6080-115
Excess-gain control UC relay / screw terminal LTT-6080-115
The built-in excess-gain circuit simplifies alignment and adjustment UC relay / timer***/ connector S12 LTS-6080-165
of the sensors. Eventual dirt is recognized in time, and can be removed UC relay / timer***/ screw terminal LTT-6080-165
easily.
Suitable connecting cables (page 146) M, N (**with test input: O, P)
Wiring (pages 114 - 115) 2 (LTS-...*) / 3 (LTS/LTT-...) / 5 (UC)
110 Detailed data sheets for these products can be found on the CONTRINEX website: *** light-ON/dark-ON switchable
SERIES 6080 1
proximity switches
65x83 65x83 65x83
Inductive
Diffuse sensor with Reflex sensor Through-beam sensor
50 ... 1,000 mm 6,000 mm 50,000 mm
65 25 65 25
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
8,3
8,3
90
o
90
o
62
25
62
25
83
73
83
73
32,5
32,5
Optical fibers
5
5
5,5 ø5,5
(26-29)
5,5 ø 5,5 8,1
15,5 9,5 PG 11 (SW 22)
25,5 M12x1
35,5 (Ø 4,0 - Ø 7,0)
55,5
LED* counter LED*
4
potentiometer counter potentiometer
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
green yellow green yellow
* receiver only
s [mm]
6000
s [mm]
50000
[mm]
5000
5
40000
Connecting cables
60 4000
50 black 6 %
30000
40 3000
30
2000 a 20000
20
a s
10 gray 18 % s 10000
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 [mm] a a
operating distance on white paper (90%) [mm] 80 40 0 40 80 [mm] 2000 1000 0 1000 2000
6
50 ... 1,000 mm 6,000 mm 50,000 mm
Accessories
200 x 200 mm white Reflector type 3 -
50 mA / 3 VA typ. 30 mA / 2 VA typ. 30 mA / 2 VA typ.
IR LED 880 nm LED red polarized 660 nm IR LED 880 nm
100 g 100 g 200 g (R and E)

LHS-6080-101* LRS-6080-102* LLS-6080-002 (R) / LLS-6080-000 (E) 7
LHT-6080-101 LRT-6080-102 LLT-6080-002 (R) / LLT-6080-000 (E)
LHS-6080-151** LRS-6080-152** LLS-6080-052 (R) / LLS-6080-000 (E)
Glossary
LHT-6080-151 LRT-6080-152 LLT-6080-052 (R) / LLT-6080-000 (E)

LHS-6080-103* LRS-6080-104* LLS-6080-004 (R) / LLS-6080-000 (E)
LHT-6080-103 LRT-6080-104 LLT-6080-004 (R) / LLT-6080-000 (E)
LHS-6080-153** LRS-6080-154** LLS-6080-054 (R) / LLS-6080-000 (E)
LHT-6080-153 LRT-6080-154 LLT-6080-054 (R) / LLT-6080-000 (E) 8
LHS-6080-115 LRS-6080-115 LLS-6080-015 (R) / LLS-6080-010 (E)
LHT-6080-115 LRT-6080-115 LLT-6080-015 (R) / LLT-6080-010 (E)
Index
LHS-6080-165 LRS-6080-165 LLS-6080-065 (R) / LLS-6080-010 (E)

LHT-6080-165 LRT-6080-165 LLT-6080-065 (R) / LLT-6080-010 (E)
M, N (**with test input: O, P) M, N (**with test input: O, P) M, N
2 (LHS-...*) / 3 (LHS/LHT-...) / 5 (UC) 2 (LRS-...*) / 3 (LRS/LRT-...) / 5 (UC) 2 (LLS/LLT-...) / 4 (E) / 5 (UC)
Photoelectric accessories
Universal mounting bracket DIN-rail mounting bracket Universal mounting bracket

For 3030 and 3031 series For 3030 and 3031 series For 4040 series
Material: stainless steel V2A Material: stainless steel V2A Material: stainless steel V2A
Part reference: LXW-3030-000 Part reference: LXW-3030-001 Part reference: LXW-4040-000
21 4,5 49 31 4,5
21 4,5
4,5
M4
4,5
Ø4,2 Ø4,2
21
42
31
37,5
30
21
52
10
o
10
o
Ø4,2 10
o
10
o
Ø4,2
41
4,5
16,5
33
Ø4,2 30 16,5
1,5
15
8
o
45
15
8
o
Ø4,2
1,5
Ø4,2
4,5 21 4,5 8
o
15
30 8
o
Ø4,2
4,5 21 4,5
Universal mounting bracket Universal mounting bracket

For 3060 and 3065 series For 6080 series
Material: stainless steel V2A Material: stainless steel V2A
Part reference: LXW-3060-000 Part reference: LXW-6080-000
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Reflector type 1 Reflector type 2 Reflector type 3
Range approx. 50% of type 3 Range approx. 60% of type 3 Reference reflector for all reflex sensors
Part reference: LXR-0000-025 Part reference: LXR-0000-046 Part reference: LXR-0000-084
self-adhesive foil
self-adhesive foil 2,5
Optical fibers
Ø 20,5
2,7
Ø 23,5
5,5
Ø 25,2
Ø4,6
Ø7,5
Ø41 2
Ø46 7
4
proximity switches
Ø78,3 8,5
Ultrasonic
Ø82
Reflector type 12 Reflector type 13 Reflector type 14

Range approx. 80% of type 3 Range approx. 40% of type 3 Range approx. 50% of type 3
Part reference: LXR-0000-012 Part reference: LXR-0000-013 Part reference: LXR-0000-014
40 5
5
Connecting cables
42,5
40
45
51
61
71
32 2,5
34,5 5
ø4,3
78,8
90
36
6
58 4
Accessories
60 8
4,2
Reflector type 15 Reflective foil (self-adhesive)

5,6
Range approx. 100% of type 3 For all reflex sensors (IMOS IRF 6000)
Part reference: LXR-0000-015 Part reference: LXR-0000-000
100 7
3,5
Ø3,6
Glossary
100
55,8
60
52
8
Index
34
36,8
41

Wiring diagrams
NPN light-ON / dark-ON output PNP light-ON / dark-ON output
brown brown
load
black black
Diagram 1
load
blue blue
NPN changeover outputs PNP changeover outputs

NPN light-ON (/dark-ON) + excess-gain outputs PNP light-ON (/dark-ON) + excess-gain outputs
brown brown
black load
black
Diagram 2
white* white*
load
blue blue
* pink for LFK-3#60-10# * pink for LFK-3#60-10#
NPN with test input PNP with test input

gray gray
brown brown
load
black black
Diagram 3
white white
load
blue blue
Emitter of through-beam sensor
brown
black
Diagram 4
blue
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
UC with relay output UC with relay output / emitter of through-beam sensor
(1)*
3
(3)*
Diagram 5 (2)*
Optical fibers
(5)* Relais
(4)*
* for connector models
NPN light-ON/dark-ON output with teach-in PNP light-ON/dark-ON output with teach-in
4
proximity switches
brown (1)
Ultrasonic
+U brown
B
100 k 47 k 39 V
47 k pink* (2) load
Teach RL black
Diagram 6 6V8 black (4)
A pink*
39 V 39 V
load
blue (3)
0V blue
* white for LFS-3#65-10# * white for LFS-3#65-10#

5
Connecting cables
NPN light-ON/dark-ON output with teach-in PNP light-ON/dark-ON output with teach-in
100 k 47 k 39 V
brown (1)
+U
B
brown
6
47 k pink* (2) black load
Teach RL
Accessories
Diagram 7
6V8 black (4) pink*
A
39 V 39 V load
blue (3) blue
0V
* white for LFS-3265-10# * white for LFS-3265-10#
7
Glossary
8
Index

3 Optical fibers
Synthetic optical fibers
At a glance: Technical data
− Very small dimensions
− Long operating distances Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 oC (*-13 ... +158 oF)
− Low bending radii Protection degree of sensing head IP 67
− Can be cut on site Standard length 2 m ± 0.1 m
− Visible light, hence easy alignment
− Wide range of types Fiber bending radii:
− High degree of protection of the sensing miniature 15 mm
head: IP 67 standard / coaxial 25 mm
− Cost efficient
− For difficult environments, glass fi- flexible 2 mm
bers are available for the 3030/3031 luminous 40 mm
and 3060/3065 series switches Bending radius of light-outlet tube 25 mm
(LFG-1022-050 and LFG-3022-050,
Tensile load 30 N max.
page 125)
Fiber material PMMA
Data sheets Sleeve material Polyethylene
Detailed data sheets with additional
Sensing head material Nickel-plated brass/stainless steel*/PBTP**
technical information are available for
all models. These may be retrieved from Sensing head light-outlet tube material Stainless steel
the CONTRINEX website (www.contri- Optical attenuation:
nex.com), or ordered cost-free from our miniature / flexible 0.6 dB / m max. at 660 nm
sales offices.
standard / luminous / coaxial 0.4 dB / m max. at 660 nm
Drawings Angle of incidence See data sheets
The mechanical drawings may be Tightening torque:
downloaded as data files from the CON- M3 0.6 Nm
TRINEX website, and imported directly
into construction drawings. M4 1.0 Nm
M5 1.5 Nm
M6 2.0 Nm
* LFP-1006/1007-020
** LFP-1108/1109-020
Diffuse sensors
Part references (bold = preferred types)
Housing size Part ref. / max. operating distance Characteristics
M3 Miniature − Operating distance:

− with series 3030 40 mm
LFP-1001-020 − with series 3031 20 mm
− with series 3060/65 70 mm
40 mm − 1 separable double fiber, outside dia-
meter 1 mm
− Fine inner fiber Ø 0.5 mm for highest
resolution
− Can be cut
Miniature − Operating distance:

meter 1 mm
− Sensing head with bendable light-outlet
tube for ease of positioning
resolution
− Can be cut
1
proximity switches
Inductive
∅4 Miniature / spherical optics − Operating distance:

2
proximity switches
2000 ±100
Photoelectric
13
Ø1
meter 1 mm
Ø4
resolution
− Spherical optics for cylindrical light
Ø1
R1,75
beam
− Can be cut 3
M5 Miniature / spherical optics − Operating distance:
Optical fibers
M5 x 0,5
2000 ±100

13 − with series 3060/65 140 mm
Ø1
meter 1 mm
resolution
− Spherical optics for cylindrical light 4
Ø1
R1,75
proximity switches
beam
− Can be cut
Ultrasonic
M6 Standard − Operating distance:
meter 2.2 mm
− Inner fiber Ø 1.0 mm
5
Connecting cables
− Long operating distance
− Can be cut
Flexible − Operating distance:
meter 2.2 mm
− Extremely fine inner fibers 151 x
6
Ø 75 µm
Accessories
− Very small bending radius
− Can be cut
Luminous − Operating distance:

160 mm − 1 separable double fiber, outside dia- 7
meter 2.2 mm
Glossary
− Longest operating distance

− Can be cut
M6 Coaxial − Operating distance:

120 mm
− 1 separable double fiber, outside dia- 8
meter 2.2 mm
− Coaxial arrangement of fibers, thus
Index
axially symmetric beam

− Can be cut

meter 2.2 mm
− Can be cut
meter 2.2 mm
Ø 75 µm
− Can be cut
27x30 Flexible / background suppression / 90° − Operating distance:

− fixed 12 mm
LFP-1108-020 − 2 separate fibers, outside diameter
2.2 mm (for lateral sensing)
12 mm − Extremely fine inner fibers 151xØ 75 µm
− Recognition of position and thickness
differences down to 0.1 mm
− Sensing head of glass-fiber reinforced
PBTP
− Can be cut
Flexible / background suppression − Operating distance:

target
− fixed 12 mm
LFP-1109-020 − 2 separate fibers, outside diameter
background
2.2 mm (for axial sensing)
12 mm − Extremely fine inner fibers 151xØ 75 µm
− Recognition of position and thickness
differences down to 0.1 mm
− Sensing head of glass-fiber reinforced
PBTP
− Can be cut
Through-beam sensors

120 mm − 2 individual fibers, outside diameter
2.2 mm
resolution
− Can be cut
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
2.2 mm
resolution
− Can be cut 3
Optical fibers
2.2 mm
4
proximity switches
− Can be cut
Ultrasonic
LFP-2102-020
300 mm
− 2 individual fibers, outside diameter
5
Connecting cables
2.2 mm
Ø 75 µm
− Can be cut
Luminous − Operating distance:

6
Accessories
LFP-2202-020
2.2 mm
− Longest operating distance
− Can be cut
7
Standard − Operating distance:
Glossary

2.2 mm
tube for ease of positioning 8
− Can be cut
Index

M4 Flexible − Operating distance:
2.2 mm
Ø 75 µm
− Can be cut
M6 Standard 90° − Operating distance:

2.2 mm
− Sensing head for lateral sensing
− Can be cut
Accessories for synthetic optical fibers

Dimensions Part ref. / max. operating distance Characteristics
For M4 Axial front lens − Can be used with LFP-2#02-020 and
Ø4,5 8,7 Ø4 LFG-3022-050 fibers
LFP-0001-000 − Delivery includes 1 pair
− Operating distance:
3000 mm − with series 3030 3000 mm
M2,6
5,5
(with 5 m fiber)
Ø5 9 90° front lens − Can be used with LFP-2#02-020 and

LFG-3022-050 fibers
LFP-0002-000 − Delivery includes 1 pair
− Operating distance:
M2,6 6,5 − with series 3031 500 mm
For fine synthetic optical fibers Adaptor
25
LFP-0003-000
Ø3,5
Ø2,2
For all synthetic optical fibers Cutting tool
LXF-0000-000
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Glass optical fibers 2
proximity switches
At a glance: Technical data
Photoelectric
− For high ambient temperatures (models
Ambient temperature range PVC sleeve 0 ... +70 oC*
with chrome-plated brass and silicone
sleeves) Wound brass sleeve -25 ... +250 oC**
− Executions for extreme environmental Silicone sleeve -25 ... +150 oC***
conditions Protection degree of sensing head IP 65 (optional up to IP 68)
− Small dimensions
− Long operating distances
− Suitable for the detection of smallest
Protection degree of optical fiber PVC sleeve
Wound brass sleeve
IP 67
IP 54
3
Optical fibers
objects Silicone sleeve IP 67
− Wide range of types
Standard lengths 250 mm, 500 mm, 1000 mm
Characteristics Sensing head material Aluminum
Depending on the type involved, glass Sensing head light-outlet tube material Stainless steel
optical fibers consist of 200 to 5,000 indi-
vidual fibers with diameters of 30 to 50 µm. Optical attenuation 10 dB / km max. at 880 nm
The fiber bundle is surrounded by a sleeve,
which can be selected according to the
Angle of incidence See data sheets
* +32 ... +158 oF
4
proximity switches
application: ** -13 ... +480 oF
*** -13 ... +300 oF
Ultrasonic
− PVC sleeve: the economical solution
if no special stresses are to be ex- different bundle cross-sections are available: large cross-sections for long operating
pected. distances, small cross-sections for short distances, high resolutions, and detection of
− Wound sleeve of chrome-plated brass: small objects.
for permanent operating temperatures
of up to +250 oC (+480 oF), and maxi- Data sheets
mum protection against crushing. Detailed data sheets with additional technical information are available for all models.
− Silicone sleeve with stainless steel These may be retrieved from the CONTRINEX website (www.contrinex.com), or ordered
cost-free from our sales offices.
5
braiding for strain relief: for use in cor-
Connecting cables
rosive media, at temperatures of up to
+150 oC (+300 oF), and where mechani- Drawings
cal strain relief is required. The mechanical drawings may be downloaded as data files from the CONTRINEX
The sensing heads are available website, and imported directly into construction drawings.
with straight or right-angle light outlets.
The range comprises models for use as Special executions
diffuse sensors (emitting and receiving A broad range of special executions are available in small quantities and with short
fiber bundles in the same sleeve) and as
through-beam sensors (the fiber bundles
delivery times, e.g.:
− Higher protection degree of the sensing head (on request). 6
− Special sensing heads (on request).
are in separate sleeves). In order to cover − Non-standard fiber lengths; maximum length is 10 m.
Accessories
various application needs, a number of − Non-standard sleeves (chrome-plated brass, silicone, PVC) on request.
Axial diffuse sensors

### length of glass fiber in cm, standard lengths -025 (250 mm) / -050 (500 mm) / -100 (1000 mm)
bold = preferred types (-### only 500 mm length)
7
Glossary

∅6 LFG-1005-### − Operating distance:
7 15 75
− With bendable light-outlet tube
Ø0,7
Ø6
− For the detection of smallest objects

Ø1
− Silicone sleeve Ø 4.7 mm 8

12
5
20 5 50 − Min. bending radius 20 mm
− Min. bending radius of light-outlet tube
5 mm (do not bend the inner and outer
Index
10 mm)
− Max. tensile load 10 N


7 15 105 15 mm − with series 4040 15 mm
Ø6
Ø1,5
Ø1
− For places difficult to access

12
20 5 80
5
− Silicone sleeve Ø 4.7 mm
− Min. bending radius 20 mm
10 mm)
LFG-1010-### − Operating distance:

− For the detection of smallest objects in
places difficult to access
− Wound sleeve of chrome-plated brass
Ø 4.7 mm

− Multi-purpose medium-range model
Ø 4.7 mm
22
− For long operating distance
Ø 6.7 mm
Radial diffuse sensors


− Leg length 14 mm
Ø 4.7 mm
1
proximity switches
Inductive
### length of glass fiber in cm, standard lengths -025 (250 mm) / -050 (500 mm) / -100 (1000 mm) 2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Ø 4.7 mm
3
Optical fibers
22
− Wound sleeve of chrome-plated brass 4
proximity switches
Ø 6.7 mm
Ultrasonic
Axial through-beam sensors
5
Connecting cables
− For the detection of smallest objects
5 mm (do not bend the inner and outer 6
10 mm)
Accessories
105
− with series 4040
Ø1,5
200 mm
Ø6
200 mm
Ø1
7 15
5 − With bendable light-outlet tube

− For places difficult to access
7
5 80
12

Glossary

10 mm)

− For the detection of smallest objects in 8
Ø 4.7 mm
Index



Ø 4.7 mm

Ø 4.7 mm
Radial through-beam sensors


Ø 4.7 mm

Ø 4.7 mm

Ø 4.7 mm
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Glass optical fibers for series 3030, 3031, 3060 and 3065 switches (connection as with 2
synthetic fibers)
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Part reference (bold = preferred types)
M6 Diffuse sensor − Operating distance:
31 40 30
LFG-1022-050 − with series 3031 60 mm
3
19 28
Ø2,2
15
1,8 − with series 3060/65 200 mm
120 mm − For difficult environmental conditions
Ø4,6
12,8

15
Optical fibers
Ø4,5
Ø6
M6 x 0,75
SW 10 (DIN 439 B)
Ø 4.6 mm
M4 Through-beam sensor − Operating distance:
LFG-3022-050
500 mm
250 mm 4
proximity switches
500 mm − For difficult environmental conditions
Ultrasonic
Ø 4.6 mm
Accessories for glass optical fibers 5
Connecting cables
Part reference (bold = preferred types)
Dimensions Part reference Characteristics
For ∅ 6 mm heads Fiber mounting clamp Mounting clamp for axial and radial
light-outlet tubes. Material: nickel-plated
LXG-0000-060 brass.
Suitable for the following fibers:
12
6
M3
16
− LFG-1005-### / LFG-1015-###
− LFG-1010-### / LFG-2010-###
Accessories
Ø6 − LFG-3005-### / LFG-3015-###
− LFG-3010-### / LFG-4010-###
20
10
Ø6
4
Ø3,2
For ∅ 8 mm heads Fiber mounting clamp Mounting clamp for axial and radial
7
light-outlet tubes. Material: nickel-plated
Glossary
LXG-0000-080 brass.
Suitable for the following fibers:
12
− LFG-1020-### / LFG-1030-###
M3
16
− LFG-2020-### / LFG-2030-###
Ø8
− LFG-3020-### / LFG-3030-###
− LFG-4020-### / LFG-4030-###
8
4
25
12,5
Index
Ø6
4
4
Ø3,2
4 8

1
proximity switches
Inductive
4 Ultrasonic proximity switches 2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Highlights:
- Ready-to-connect compact
devices 3
- Short housing lengths
Optical fibers
- Adjustment by means of
teach-in, potentiometer and/or
interface with PC software
- Devices with digital and/or
analog outputs 4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
6
Accessories
New:
- Rectangular through-beam
models
7
- Interface cable with teach-in
button
Glossary
8
Index

PROGRAM OVERVIEW
4 Ultrasonic proximity switches

Function Operating distance
Diffuse sensors
Through-beam
Reflex sensors
50/60 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
1300 mm
1500 mm
6000 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
600 mm
700 mm
300 mm
400 mm
sensors
30 mm
Housing
size
M18 / 0 ... 200 mm

M18W 30 ... 200 mm
0 ... 700 mm
100 ... 700 mm
50 ... 300 mm
150 ... 1000 mm
M30 60 ... 300 mm

200 ... 1300 mm
400 ... 3000 mm
600 ... 6000 mm
40x40 mm 50 ... 1500 mm
PROGRAM OVERVIEW 1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Output Sensitivity setting Supply voltage range UB Connection Housing Page
Photoelectric
Connector S12
Potentiometer
Analog + PNP
Connector S8
Interface
Teach-in
1 x PNP
2 x PNP
Analog
PBTP
Cable
Metal
Pin 2
NPN
Optical fibers
20 ... 30 VDC 133, 135
20 ... 30 VDC 132, 134
20 ... 30 VDC 133, 135
20 ... 30 VDC 133, 135
12 ... 30 VDC* 136, 137
12 ... 30 VDC* 137
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
12 ... 30 VDC* 138, 140
12 ... 30 VDC* 139, 141
12 ... 30 VDC* 139, 141
12 ... 30 VDC* 139, 141
5
Connecting cables
12 ... 30 VDC* 142, 143
* At 12 ... 20 V, approx. 20 %
reduced sensing range.
Accessories
7
Glossary
8
Index

4 Ultrasonic proximity switches
Operating principle Ambient noise is distinguished from the
system’s own sound echoes and, as a rule,
Ultrasonic proximity switches can be used as contact-free sensors in many areas of does not lead to functional errors.
automation. They are employed wherever distances have to be measured in air, since
they not only detect objects, but they can also indicate and evaluate the absolute distance Safety
between themselves and the target. Changing atmospheric conditions, (e.g. temperature The use of ultrasonic proximity
variations) are compensated during evaluation of the measurement. switches in applications where the safety
Ultrasonic proximity switches working as diffuse or reflex sensors send out ultra- of people is dependent on their functioning
sonic impulses in cyclical intervals. If these are reflected by an object, the resulting is not permitted.
echo is received and converted into an electrical signal. Detection of the received echo
is dependent on its intensity, itself dependent on the distance of the object from the Available models
sensor. The devices function according to the echo-delay principle, i.e. the time delay
Ultrasonic proximity switches from
between the emitter and echo impulses is evaluated.
Contrinex are available as diffuse, reflex
With ultrasonic proximity switches working as through-beam sensors, on the other and through-beam types.
hand, the emitter sends out a narrowly focused permanent sound towards the receiver.
The latter evaluates the ultrasonic signal and switches the output as soon as the sound Diffuse sensors
is interrupted by an object. With diffuse sensors, the target func-
tions as a reflector. As soon as an object
Sensing range enters the preset sensing area, its echo
causes the device to switch.
Due to the sensor construction, the ultrasound is radiated in a lobar shape. Only
reflecting objects within this sound beam are detected. Echoes in the blind zone bet- Reflex sensors
ween the sensor face and the sensing range cannot be evaluated. In the case of reflex sensors, a fixed re-
flector (e.g. a small metal plate) is mounted
Targets facing the device. The switching range is
The targets to be detected can be in the solid, liquid, granular or powder state. set to this reflector. If an object comes
The material may be transparent or colored, of any shape, and with a polished or matt between the ultrasonic proximity switch
surface. All even or flat surfaces up to an angular deviation of approximately 3° from and the reflector, the sensor no longer
perpendicular to the sound beam can be detected with certainty, even at the maximum recognizes the latter, which causes the
operating distance. Depending on surface roughness, the angular deviation may even output to switch.
be greater. In principle, targets can enter the sound beam from any direction. Through-beam sensors
Through-beam sensors consist of an
Temperature compensation emitter and a receiver placed opposite
The ultrasonic proximity switches are equipped with temperature sensors and a each other. If an object comes between
compensation circuit, in order to be able to compensate for changes in operating dis- them, the sound is interrupted, causing
tance caused by temperature fluctuations. the output to switch.
Environmental conditions Synchronization

Normal atmospheric variations at any given location have a negligible influence on the
Devices of series 1180/1181 and
speed of sound. The propagation of ultrasonic waves in a vacuum is not possible.
1300...1303 can be synchronized with
Hot objects (e.g. red-hot metals) cause air turbulence, dispersing or diverting the each other by simply connecting their
ultrasound. In such surroundings, no analyzable echo is produced. synchronization outputs (pin 2 for N.O.,
Ultrasonic proximity switches are designed for use under normal atmospheric pin 4 for N.C.). In this way, up to 10 sen-
conditions, i.e. in air. Operation in other gases (e.g. carbon dioxide) can give rise to sors can be synchronized. In many cases,
serious error measurements or even functional failure, due to differing sound speed it is thus possible to mount the sensors
and damping values. very close to one another without mutual
Normal rain or snowfall does not impair the functioning of ultrasonic proximity interference.
switches. The transducer surface should, however, not become moistened, although
dew is permissible.
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
The fourth connection can be used
as an external release input. Thus, ultra-
sonic proximity switches can be activated
or deactivated with an external control,
without switching the supply voltage on 3
and off. An external multiplex operation
Optical fibers
can be achieved by switching the ultra-
sonic proximity switches on and off one
after the other via the release input. In
this case, assurance is always given that
the ultrasonic proximity switches do not
influence one another. As opposed to
internal synchronization, here more than 4
proximity switches
10 switches can be operated.
Ultrasonic
Programming
For optimum adaptation to the ap-
plication conditions, devices of series
1180/1181 and 1300...1303 can be pro-
grammed with the PC interface device
APE-0000-001 (see Ultrasonic acces- 5
Connecting cables
sories, p. 144).
The series 1180/1181C and 1180/
1181W devices are adjustable by teach-in
via the device connection.
The sensitivity of series 4040 devices
can be adjusted via pin 2 or the white cable
wire of the receiver.
6
Mounting
Accessories
Ultrasonic proximity switches can
be operated in any installation position.
However, positions in which materials can
be deposited on the transducer surface
should be avoided.
In order to obtain the best reflection
results, the ultrasonic proximity switch 7
should be oriented in such a way that the
sound waves strike the target at as close to
Glossary
90° as possible. If this is not possible (e.g.

with bulk materials), the maximum possible
range has to be determined experimentally,
and is dependent on the material, surface
and orientation of the objects.
8
Index

ULTRASONIC DEVICES
At a glance: Drawings M18

− Ready-to-connect compact devices The mechanical drawings may
− Short cylindrical housings of 63.5 mm (connector models) be downloaded as data files from the
Diffuse sensor with
− High excess gain, therefore insensitive to dirt and ambient noise CONTRINEX website, and imported background suppr.
− Detection independent of target's color, shape, material and surface directly into construction drawings.
structure 30 ... 200 mm
− Reduced blind zone Delivery package
− Low current drain Ultrasonic proximity switch,
− Adjustment by means of external teach-in 2 fixing nuts, instructions.
− Diffuse sensors feature background suppression
Construction
The devices are Technical data:
built into nickel-plated
brass housings, and
fully potted. The trans- Supply voltage range UB 20 ... 30 VDC
ducer surface is of epoxy Max. ripple content 10 %
resin and its enclosure Output current 150 mA max.
of glass-fiber reinforced
PBTP / polybutylene-
terephthalate (Crastin). at 150 mA
Ambient temp. range -25 ... +70 °C
Sensitivity set- (-13 ... +158 °F)
ting Degree of protection IP 67
Sensitivity can be EMC protection: M18x1
adjusted by means of
0,5
teach-in via the device IEC 61000-4-2 4 kV
connection. The lack of IEC 61000-4-3 10 V/m
a potentiometer pre- IEC 61000-4-4 2 kV
4
vents the adjustment
37
IEC 61000-4-6 10 V
from being willfully
changed. EN 55011 Class B
63,5
SW 24
Protection Ø 16,3
The switches are protected against overloads, short-circuits and LED
wire reversals. Furthermore, protection against temporary overvoltages
12
of the power supply is built-in.
M12x1
LED
The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. In teach
mode, the LED flashes. Sensing range 30 ... 200 mm
Setting range 50 ... 200 mm
Connection
Tolerance width ---
Devices with 4-pole S12 connector are standard.
Standard target 20 x 20 mm
Power-ON reset Hysteresis 10 mm
Operation of the output is inhibited until the power supply require- No-load supply current max. 20 mA
ments are met. This prevents unwanted switching of the output during
Rated ultrasonic frequency 400 kHz
power-ON. All devices shown here feature power-ON reset.
Switching frequency 10 Hz
Data sheets Time delay before availability 20 msec
Detailed data sheets with additional technical information are avail- Response time 50 msec
able for all models. These may be retrieved from the CONTRINEX
website (www.contrinex.com), or ordered cost-free from our sales Weight 30 g
offices. Part references: (bold: preferred types)
PNP N.O. / connector S12 UTS-1180C-303
Suitable connecting cables (page 146) M, N

Wiring diagram (page 145) Diagram 1
SERIES 1180/1181C WITH TEACH-IN 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M18 M18 M18
Reflex sensor Diffuse sensor with back- Reflex sensor
ground suppression
0 ... 200 mm 100 ... 700 mm 0 ... 700 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
M18x1 M18x1 M18x1
0,5
0,5
0,5
5
4
Connecting cables
37
37
37
63,5
63,5
63,5
SW 24
SW 24
SW 24
Ø 16,3 Ø 16,3 Ø 16,3

LED LED LED
12
12
12
M12x1 M12x1 M12x1

6
Accessories
0 ... 200 mm 100 ... 700 mm 0 ... 700 mm
120 ... 220 mm 150 ... 700 mm 350 ... 750 mm
20 mm --- 50 mm
20 x 20 mm
2 mm
20 x 20 mm
10 mm
20 x 20 mm
3 mm
7
max. 20 mA max. 20 mA max. 20 mA
Glossary
400 kHz 200 kHz 200 kHz

10 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz
20 msec 20 msec 20 msec
30 g 30 g 30 g 8
URS-1180C-303 UTS-1181C-303 URS-1181C-303
Index
M, N M, N M, N

ULTRASONIC DEVICES

− Right-angle sensing be downloaded as data files from the
Diffuse sensor with
− Robust and fully integrated sensing head CONTRINEX website, and imported background suppr.
− High excess gain, therefore insensitive to dirt and ambient noise directly into construction drawings.
− Detection independent of target's color, shape, material and surface 30 ... 200 mm
structure Delivery package
− Reduced blind zone Ultrasonic proximity switch,
− Low current drain 2 fixing nuts, instructions.
− Adjustment by means of external teach-in
− Diffuse sensors feature background suppression
Construction
built into nickel-plated (according to IEC 60947-5-2)
brass housings, and
Supply voltage range UB 20 ... 30 VDC
fully potted. The trans-
of glass-fiber reinforced Output voltage drop 2.0 V max.
at 150 mA
terephthalate (Crastin).
Sensitivity set- (-13 ... +158 °F)
5,3
Sensitivity can be EMC protection:
18,5
adjusted by means of IEC 61000-4-2 4 kV
teach-in via the device
connection. The lack of IEC 61000-4-3 10 V/m
a potentiometer pre- IEC 61000-4-4 2 kV
4
vents the adjustment IEC 61000-4-6 10 V
37
81,5
from being willfully EN 55011 Class B
changed. M18x1
SW 24
Protection Ø 16,3
The switches are protected against overloads, short-circuits and LED

12
of the power supply is built-in.
M12x1
LED
The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. In teach Sensing range 30 ... 200 mm
mode, the LED flashes. Setting range 50 ... 200 mm
Connection Tolerance width ---
Devices with 4-pole S12 connector are standard. Standard target 20 x 20 mm
Hysteresis 10 mm
Power-ON reset No-load supply current max. 20 mA
Operation of the output is inhibited until the power supply require-
ments are met. This prevents unwanted switching of the output during Rated ultrasonic frequency 400 kHz
power-ON. All devices shown here feature power-ON reset. Switching frequency 10 Hz
Time delay before availability 20 msec
Data sheets
Response time 50 msec
Detailed data sheets with additional technical information are avail-
able for all models. These may be retrieved from the CONTRINEX Weight 30 g
website (www.contrinex.com), or ordered cost-free from our sales Part references: (bold: preferred types)
offices.
PNP N.O. / connector S12 UTS-1180W-303

SERIES 1180/1181W WITH TEACH-IN 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M18 M18 M18
Reflex sensor Diffuse sensor with back- Reflex sensor
ground suppression
0 ... 200 mm 100 ... 700 mm 0 ... 700 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5,3 5,3 5,3
18,5
18,5
18,5 5
Connecting cables
4
4
37
37
37
81,5
81,5
81,5
M18x1 M18x1 M18x1

SW 24
SW 24
SW 24
Ø 16,3 Ø 16,3 Ø 16,3
LED LED LED
6
12
12
12
Accessories
M12x1 M12x1 M12x1
0 ... 200 mm 100 ... 700 mm 0 ... 700 mm

120 ... 220 mm 150 ... 700 mm 350 ... 750 mm
20 mm --- 50 mm
20 x 20 mm
2 mm
20 x 20 mm
10 mm
20 x 20 mm
3 mm
7
Glossary
400 kHz 200 kHz 200 kHz

10 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz
30 g 30 g 30 g 8
URS-1180W-303 UTS-1181W-303 URS-1181W-303
Index
M, N M, N M, N

ULTRASONIC DEVICES
At a glance: site (www.contrinex.com), or ordered

cost-free from our sales offices.
M18
− Ready-to-connect compact devices
− Can be operated as diffuse or reflex sensors (with interface)
Diffuse and reflex
Drawings sensor
− High excess gain, therefore insensitive to dirt and ambient noise
− Detection independent of target's color, shape, material and surface The mechanical drawings may
structure be downloaded as data files from the 50 ... 300 mm
− Reduced blind zone CONTRINEX website, and imported
− Low current drain directly into construction drawings.
− Adjustment by means of potentiometer (only devices with switching
output) and interface device APE-0000-001
Delivery package
− Switching or analog output Ultrasonic proximity switch,
− Fore- and background suppression 2 fixing nuts, instructions.
− Diffuse sensors with window function
Construction
brass housings, and Supply voltage range UB 12 ... 30 VDC*
fully potted. The
Max. ripple content 10 %
transducer surface
is of epoxy resin and Output current 150 mA max.
its enclosure of glass- Output voltage drop 3.0 V max.
fiber reinforced PBTP at 150 mA
/ polybutylenetereph- M18x1
thalate (Crastin).
(13 ... +158 °F)
Sensitivity Degree of protection IP 67
setting EMC protection:
4
Sensitivity is ad- IEC 61000-4-2 4 kV
justed by means of
65
IEC 61000-4-3 10 V/m
72
an interface device
IEC 61000-4-4 2 kV
90,5
(see Ultrasonic ac-
101
cessories, p. 144) or IEC 61000-4-6 10 V
SW 24
potentiometer (only EN 55011 Class B
devices with switch-
ing output).
* At 12 ... 20 V, approx. 20 % reduced potentiometer
Protection sensing range.

The switches are LED (4x)
14
protected against overloads, short-circuits and wire reversals. Fur-

thermore, protection against temporary overvoltages of the power M12x1
supply is built-in.
Sensing range 50 ... 300 mm
LED Setting range 70 ... 300 mm
The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. Flashing Standard target 10 x 10 mm
LED indicates misadjustment. Hysteresis 10 mm
Connection No-load supply current max. 50 mA
Devices with 4-pole S12 connector are standard. Rated ultrasonic frequency 400 kHz
Power-ON reset Time delay before availability 280 msec
ments are met. This prevents unwanted switching of the output during Response time 100 msec
power-ON. All devices shown here feature power-ON reset. Weight 50 g
Data sheets Part references: (bold: preferred types)

Detailed data sheets with additional technical information are avail- PNP N.O. / connector S12 UTS-1180-303
able for all models. These may be retrieved from the CONTRINEX web- Analog 4 ... 20 mA / connector S12
SERIES 1180/1181 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M18 M18 M18
Diffuse and reflex Diffuse and reflex Diffuse and reflex
sensor sensor sensor
150 ... 1,000 mm 50 ... 300 mm 150 ... 1,000 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
M18x1 M18x1 M18x1
5
4
Connecting cables
65
65
65
72
90,5
90,5
90,5
101
101
101
SW 24
SW 24
SW 24
6
potentiometer
Accessories
LED (4x) LED (4x) LED (4x)
14
14
14
M12x1 M12x1 M12x1
150 ... 1,000 mm 50 ... 300 mm 150 ... 1,000 mm

170 ... 1,000 mm 70 ... 300 mm 170 ... 1,000 mm
20 x 20 mm
10 mm
10 x 10 mm
10 mm
20 x 20 mm
10 mm
7
Glossary
200 kHz 400 kHz 200 kHz

4 Hz --- ---
50 g 50 g 50 g 8
Index
UTS-1181-303
UTS-1180-329 UTS-1181-329
M, N M, N M, N
ULTRASONIC DEVICES

− Can be operated as diffuse or reflex sensors be downloaded as data files from the
Diffuse and reflex
− High excess gain, therefore insensitive to dirt and ambient noise CONTRINEX website, and imported sensor
− Adjustment by means of potentiometers and interface device 2 fixing nuts, instructions.
APE-0000-001
− 1 or 2 switching outputs
− Fore- and background suppression
Construction
built into nickel-plat- (according to IEC 60947-5-2)
ed brass housings,
and fully potted. The Supply voltage range UB 12 ... 30 VDC*
transducer surface is Max. ripple content 10 %
of epoxy resin and its Output current 300 mA max.
enclosure of glass-fi- Output voltage drop 3.0 V max.
ber reinforced PBTP
at 300 mA
/ polybutylenetereph-
thalate (Crastin). Ambient temp. range -25 ... +70 °C M30x1,5
(-13 ... +158 °F)

Sensitivity set- Degree of protection IP 65
ting
5
EMC protection:
80
Sensitivity is ad-
IEC 61000-4-2 4 kV
SW 36
justed by means of
IEC 61000-4-3 10 V/m
131
an interface device
(see Ultrasonic ac- IEC 61000-4-4 2 kV
cessories, p. 144) or IEC 61000-4-6 10 V Ø 27,5
LED
potentiometers. EN 55011 Class B
potentiometer
min. potentiometer max.
Protection
14
* At 12 ... 20 V, approx. 20 % reduced LED*
The switches are
sensing range.
protected against over- M12x1
10,5
loads, short-circuits and Ø 26

of the power supply is built-in. * UTS-130#-107 only
LED Sensing range 60 ... 300 mm

The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. Flashing Setting range 80 ... 300 mm
LED indicates misadjustment. Standard target 10 x 10 mm
Hysteresis 10 mm
Connection
No-load supply current max. 50 mA
Devices with 4-pole (UTS-130#-303) or 5-pole (UTS-130#-107)
S12 connector are standard. Rated ultrasonic frequency 400 kHz
Power-ON reset Time delay before availability 280 msec
power-ON. All devices shown here feature power-ON reset. Weight 210 g
Data sheets Part references: (bold: preferred types)

Detailed data sheets with additional technical information are avail- 1 output: PNP N.O. / connector S12 UTS-1300-303
able for all models. These may be retrieved from the CONTRINEX 2 outputs: PNP N.O. / connector S12 UTS-1300-107
website (www.contrinex.com), or ordered cost-free from our sales Suitable connecting cables (page 146) M, N (...-303) / O, P (...-107)
offices.
Wiring diagram (page 145) Diagram 2 (...-303) / 3 (...-107)
SERIES 1300 ... 1303 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M30 M30 M30
200 ... 1,300 mm 400 ... 3,000 mm 600 ... 6,000 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
M30x1,5 Ø 47,5 Ø 65
22
19
36
33
Ø 34
5
Ø 34
5
80
102
99
SW 36
Connecting cables
131
SW 36
SW 36
153
150
M30x1,5 M30x1,5
Ø 27,5
LED
potentiometer min. potentiometer max.
Ø 27,5 Ø 27,5
LED LED
potentiometer min. potentiometer max. potentiometer min. potentiometer max.
14
LED*
6
14
14
M12x1
10,5
LED* LED*
Ø 26
Accessories
M12x1 M12x1
10,5
10,5
Ø 26 Ø 26
*UTS-130#-107 only * UTS-130#-107 only * UTS-130#-107 only
200 ... 1,300 mm 400 ... 3,000 mm 600 ... 6,000 mm

220 ... 1,300 mm 420 ... 3,000 mm 640 ... 6,000 mm
20 x 20 mm
10 mm
50 x 50 mm
20 mm
100 x 100 mm
60 mm
7
Glossary
200 kHz 120 kHz 80 kHz

4 Hz 2 Hz 1 Hz
210 g 340 g 380 g 8
Index
UTS-1301-303 UTS-1302-303 UTS-1303-303

UTS-1301-107 UTS-1302-107 UTS-1303-107
M, N (...-303) / O, P (...-107) M, N (...-303) / O, P (...-107) M, N (...-303) / O, P (...-107)
Diagram 2 (...-303) / 3 (...-107) Diagram 2 (...-303) / 3 (...-107) Diagram 2 (...-303) / 3 (...-107)
ULTRASONIC DEVICES

− Can be operated as diffuse or reflex sensors be downloaded as data files from the
Diffuse and reflex
− High excess gain, therefore insensitive to dirt and ambient noise CONTRINEX website, and imported sensor
− Adjustment by means of potentiometers and interface device 2 fixing nuts, instructions.
APE-0000-001
− Switching and analog outputs
− Fore- and background suppression
Construction
brass housings, and
Supply voltage range UB 12 ... 30 VDC*
fully potted. The trans-
of glass-fiber reinforced Output voltage drop 3.0 V max.
at 300 mA
terephthalate (Crastin).
Sensitivity set- (-13 ... +158 °F) M30x1,5

Sensitivity is ad- EMC protection:
justed by means of
5
IEC 61000-4-2 4 kV
an interface device
80
(see Ultrasonic ac- IEC 61000-4-3 10 V/m
SW 36
cessories, p. 144) or IEC 61000-4-4 2 kV
131
potentiometers. IEC 61000-4-6 10 V
EN 55011 Class B
Protection Ø 27,5
LED
potentiometer
The switches are * At 12 ... 20 V, approx. 20 % reduced min. potentiometer max.
protected against over- sensing range.

loads, short-circuits and
14
wire reversals. Further-
more, protection against temporary overvoltages of the power supply M12x1
10,5
is built-in. Ø 26
LED Sensing range 60 ... 300 mm

The yellow LED lights up when the output is switched. Flashing Setting range 80 ... 300 mm
LED indicates misadjustment. Standard target 10 x 10 mm
Hysteresis 10 mm
Connection
No-load supply current max. 60 mA
Devices with 5-pole S12 connector are standard.
Rated ultrasonic frequency 400 kHz
Power-ON reset Switching frequency 5 Hz
Operation of the output is inhibited until the power supply require- Time delay before availability 280 msec
power-ON. All devices shown here feature power-ON reset.
Weight 210 g
Data sheets
Part references: (bold: preferred types)
able for all models. These may be retrieved from the CONTRINEX Analog 4... 20 mA + PNP N.O. / S12 UTS-1300-123
website (www.contrinex.com), or ordered cost-free from our sales Analog 0... 10 V + PNP N.O. / S12 UTS-1300-113
offices. Suitable connecting cables (page 146) O, P
Wiring diagram (page 145) Diagram 4 (...-123) / 5 (...-113)
SERIES 1300 ... 1303 WITH ANALOG OUTPUT 1
proximity switches
Inductive
M30 M30 M30
200 ... 1,300 mm 400 ... 3,000 mm 600 ... 6,000 mm
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
Ø 47,5 Ø 65
M30x1,5
22
19
36
33
Ø 34 Ø 34
5
5
5
5
102
99
Connecting cables
80
SW 36
SW 36
SW 36
153
150
131
M30x1,5 M30x1,5
Ø 27,5 Ø 27,5 Ø 27,5

LED LED LED
potentiometer min. potentiometer max. potentiometer min. potentiometer max. potentiometer min. potentiometer max.
6
14
14
14
Accessories
M12x1 M12x1 M12x1
10,5
10,5
10,5
Ø 26 Ø 26 Ø 26
200 ... 1,300 mm 400 ... 3,000 mm 600 ... 6,000 mm

220 ... 1,300 mm 420 ... 3,000 mm 640 ... 6,000 mm
20 x 20 mm
10 mm
50 x 50 mm
20 mm
100 x 100 mm
60 mm
7
Glossary
200 kHz 120 kHz 80 kHz

4 Hz 2 Hz 1 Hz
210 g 340 g 380 g 8
UTS-1301-123 UTS-1302-123 UTS-1303-123
Index
UTS-1301-113 UTS-1302-113 UTS-1303-113

O, P O, P O, P
Diagram 4 (...-123) / 5 (...-113) Diagram 4 (...-123) / 5 (...-113) Diagram 4 (...-123) / 5 (...-113)
ULTRASONIC DEVICES
At a glance: 40x40
− Ready-to-connect compact devices
− High excess gain, therefore insensitive to dirt and ambient noise
Though-beam sensor
− Detection independent of target's color, shape, material and surface
structure
− High switching frequency 50 ... 1,500 mm
− Narrowly focused permanent sound emission
− No blind zone
− Low current drain
− Sensitivity adjustment via pin 2 or white cable wire of receiver
Construction
The devices are built into a housing of glass-fiber reinforced PBTP /
polybutyleneterephthalate (Crastin) and fully potted. The transducer
surface is of epoxy resin.
Sensitivity
setting Technical data:
Sensitivity is ad- (according to IEC 60947-5-2)
justed via pin 2 or the
Supply voltage range UB 12 ... 30 VDC*
white cable wire of the
receiver. Max. ripple content 10 %
Output current 100 mA max.
Protection Output voltage drop 2.0 V max.
The switches are at 100 mA
protected against over-
Ambient temp. range 0 ... +70 °C
loads, short-circuits
and wire reversals. (+32...+158 °F)
Degree of protection IP 67
LED EMC protection:
The yellow LED IEC 60255-5 1 kV
lights up when the
IEC 61000-4-2 4 kV / 8 kV
output is switched, the
green LED lights up as IEC 61000-4-3 10 V/m
soon as the sensor is IEC 61000-4-4 2 kV
connected. IEC 61000-4-6 7V
Connection * At 12 ... 20 V, approx. 20 % reduced

Devices with 4-pole sensitivity.
S12 or S8 connector,
or 3 m PUR cable are Sensing range (E) 50 ... 1,500 mm
standard. Standard target 20x20 mm < 400 mm > 10x10 mm
No-load supply current max. 30 mA (E) / max. 20 mA (R)
Data sheets
Rated ultrasonic frequency (E) 200 kHz
able for all models. These may be retrieved from the CONTRINEX Switching frequency 200 Hz (< 400 mm) / 150 Hz
website (www.contrinex.com), or ordered cost-free from our sales (< 800 mm) / 100 Hz (< 1500 mm)
offices.
Time delay before availability (R) 40 msec
Drawings Response time (R) 2 msec (< 400 mm) / 1.5 msec
The mechanical drawings may be downloaded as data files from (< 800 mm) / 1 msec (< 1500 mm)
the CONTRINEX website, and imported directly into construction Connection PUR cable 3 m
drawings.
Weight (R + E) 220 g
Delivery package Part references: (bold: preferred types) (R) receiver / (E) emitter
Ultrasonic proximity switch, instructions.
PNP N.O. (receiver) ULK-4040-003
Emitter ULK-4040-000
Suitable connecting cables (page 146) ---
Wiring diagram (page 145) Diagram 2 (R) / 6 (E)
SERIES 4040 1
proximity switches
Inductive
40x40 40x40
Though-beam sensor Though-beam sensor
50 ... 1,500 mm 50 ... 1,500 mm

2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
5
Connecting cables
6
Accessories
50 ... 1,500 mm 50 ... 1,500 mm
20x20 mm < 400 mm > 10x10 mm 20x20 mm < 400 mm > 10x10 mm
max. 30 mA (E) / max. 20 mA (R) max. 30 mA (E) / max. 20 mA (R)
200 kHz 200 kHz
200 Hz (< 400 mm) / 150 Hz 200 Hz (< 400 mm) / 150 Hz
7
(< 800 mm) / 100 Hz (< 1500 mm) (< 800 mm) / 100 Hz (< 1500 mm)
Glossary
40 msec 40 msec
2 msec (< 400 mm) / 1.5 msec 2 msec (< 400 mm) / 1.5 msec
(< 800 mm) / 1 msec (< 1500 mm) (< 800 mm) / 1 msec (< 1500 mm)
Connector S8 Connector S12
70 g 80 g 8
(R) receiver / (E) emitter (R) receiver / (E) emitter
ULS-4040-003
Index
ULS-4040-003-305
ULS-4040-000 ULS-4040-000-305
E, F M, N
Diagram 2 (R) / 6 (E) Diagram 2 (R) / 6 (E)
Ultrasonic accessories
CONPROG PC interface Interface device

For optimum adaptation to the ap- suitable for all the devices in this catalog, excepting series 1180/1181C, 1180/1181W
plication conditions, the parameters of and 4040.
all the devices in this catalog (excepting Part reference: APE-0000-001
series 1180/1181C, 1180/1181W and
4040) can be programmed, visualized,
checked and changed with the PC inter-
face device APE-0000-001 and its software
CONPROG. Amongst others, the following
parameters can be set:
− Beginning and end of operating range
− Hysteresis
− End of sensing range
− Switching function (N.O. or N.C.)
− Beginning and end of analog characteristic
curve (devices with analog output)
− Direction of analog characteristic curve
(rising or falling) S12 interface cable with teach-in button
− End of blind zone suitable for teach-in of 1180/1181C and
− Mean value generation 1180/1181W devices.
− Temperature compensation Part reference: APE-0000-003
− Multiplex function
− Function as diffuse or reflex sensor
− Switching frequency
− Damping (sensitivity)
The programmed values can be stored
and printed, thus simplifying the mainte-
nance and documentation of the installa-
tion. In case several sensors need to be
parametrized identically, the stored setting
values can be transferred rapidly to the other
sensors by means of the interface device CONPROG PC software
(e.g. when connecting switches in series, for Windows.
or when exchanging them).
Included with APE-0000-001 interface device.
The interface device is delivered with a
RS232 cable (for serial interface), a mains
transformer plug, a sensor connecting cable
and CONPROG PC software for Windows.
Updates to the latest software version can
be downloaded from the CONTRINEX web-
site (www.contrinex.com).
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Wiring diagrams
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
PNP N.O. output with teach-in PNP N.O. output / Analog output (current)
brown (1) brown (1)

+UB +UB
load
black (4) black (4) load
A A
Diagram 1
white (2)
Teach RL
Diagram 2
white (2)
XI RL
3
Optical fibers
blue (3) blue (3)
0V 0V
PNP 2 N.O. outputs PNP N.O. + analog outputs (current)

4
proximity switches
brown (1) brown (1)
+UB
Ultrasonic
black (4) load black (4) load
A1
(5) (2)
Diagram 3 gray white
XI R
Diagram 4
blue (3) blue (3)
0V
white (2)
XI R
5
Connecting cables
gray (5)
A2
PNP N.O. + analog outputs (voltage) Emitter of through-beam sensor
brown (1)
+UB
6
Accessories
brown
black (4) load
A1
white (2)
XI R
Diagram 5 Diagram 6
blue (3)
0V
blue
R
7
gray (5)
A2
Glossary
8
Index

5 Connecting cables
Part reference 1) Size Number For Type / Cable Output LED 2) Execution
of poles N.O. / N.C.
S08-3FVG-020 S8 3 N.O. / N.C. type 4 / PVC 2 m - - A

S08-3FUG-020 S8 3 N.O. / N.C. type 14 / PUR 2 m - - A
S08-3FVW-020 S8 3 N.O. / N.C. type 4 / PVC 2 m - - B

S08-3FUW-020 S8 3 N.O. / N.C. type 14 / PUR 2 m - - B
S08-3FUW-020-904 S8 3 N.O. / N.C. type 6 / PUR 2 m NPN yellow / green C
S08-3FUW-020-905 S8 3 N.O. / N.C. type 6 / PUR 2 m PNP yellow / green D
S08-4FVG-020 S8 4 N.O. / N.C. type 4 / PVC 2 m - - E

S08-4FUG-020 S8 4 N.O. / N.C. type 14 / PUR 2 m - - E
S08-4FVW-020 S8 4 N.O. / N.C. type 4 / PVC 2 m - - F

S08-4FUW-020 S8 4 N.O. / N.C. type 14 / PUR 2 m - - F
S12-3FVG-020 S12 3 N.O. type 9 / PVC 2 m - - G

S12-3FUG-020 S12 3 N.O. type 11 / PUR 2 m - - G
S12-3FVW-020 S12 3 N.O. type 9 / PVC 2 m - - H

S12-3FUW-020 S12 3 N.O. type 11 / PUR 2 m - - H
S12-3FUW-020-904 S12 3 N.O. type 10 / PUR 2 m NPN yellow / green I
S12-3FUW-020-905 S12 3 N.O. type 10 / PUR 2 m PNP yellow / green J
S12-3FVG-020-015 S12 3 N.O. / N.C. type 8 / PVC 2 m - - K

S12-3FUG-020-015 S12 3 N.O. / N.C. type 11 / PUR 2 m - - K
S12-3FVW-020-015 S12 3 N.O. / N.C. type 8 / PVC 2 m - - L

S12-3FUW-020-015 S12 3 N.O. / N.C. type 11 / PUR 2 m - - L
S12-4FVG-020 S12 4 N.O. / N.C. type 9 / PVC 2 m - - M

S12-4FUG-020 S12 4 N.O. / N.C. type 11 / PUR 2 m - - M
S12-4FVW-020 S12 4 N.O. / N.C. type 9 / PVC 2 m - - N

S12-4FUW-020 S12 4 N.O. / N.C. type 11 / PUR 2 m - - N
S12-5FVG-020 S12 5 N.O. / N.C. type 4 / PVC 2 m - - O

S12-5FUG-020 S12 5 N.O. / N.C. type 7 / PUR 2 m - - O
S12-5FVW-020 S12 5 N.O. / N.C. type 4 / PVC 2 m - - P

S12-5FUW-020 S12 5 N.O. / N.C. type 7 / PUR 2 m - - P
1)
bold: preferred types 2)
LED yellow: switching state / green: supply voltage
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Specifications
Photoelectric
Section Conductor Sleeve material Wire insulation
Type 1 0.055 mm2 30 x 0.05 mm Ø PUR PVC

Type 2 0.14 mm2 18 x 0.10 mm Ø PVC PVC
Type 3 0.14 mm2 72 x 0.05 mm Ø PUR PVC 3
Optical fibers
Type 10 0.34 mm2 88 x 0.07 mm Ø PUR PVC 4
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
Type 13 0.34 mm2 180 x 0.05 mm Ø TPE-S TPE-S
Connecting
cables
6
Accessories
7
Glossary
8
Index

6 Accessories
Sensor mounting clamps
Ø3, Ø4, Ø5, Ø6.5, Ø8
Technical data
Part reference Type A

ASU-0001-030 without limit stop Ø 3 mm
ASU-0001-065 without limit stop Ø 6.5 mm
ASU-0002-080 with limit stop Ø 8 mm
Material: PA 6 black
Screw: DIN 912, M3 zinc-plated
Nut: DIN 934, M3 zinc-plated
Ø12, Ø18
Technical data
Part reference Type A B C D

ASU-0001-120 without limit stop Ø 12 mm 9.75 mm 9 mm 18 mm
ASU-0002-120 with limit stop Ø 12 mm 9.75 mm 9 mm 18 mm
ASU-0001-180 without limit stop Ø 18 mm 12.85 mm 12 mm 24 mm
ASU-0002-180 with limit stop Ø 18 mm 12.85 mm 12 mm 24 mm
Material: PA 6 GK (Ø 18 mm), PA 6 (Ø 12 mm) black

Screw: DIN 912, M5 zinc-plated
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Ø30 2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
3
Optical fibers
Technical data
4
proximity switches
Part reference Type
Ultrasonic
ASU-0002-300 with limit stop Ø 30 mm
Material: PA 6 GK black
Screw: DIN 912, M5 x 25 zinc-plated
5
Connecting cables
Bases for mounting clamps Ø12, Ø18
Accessories
ASU-000#-180 ASU-1000-000 ASU-000#-180
Technical data 7
Glossary
Part reference Type A with Ø12 / Ø18 B with Ø12 / Ø18

ASU-1000-000 horizontal 79 mm / 85 mm 55 mm / 58 mm
Screws: DIN 7981, Ø 4.2 zinc-plated
8
Index

ASU-000#-180 ASU-2000-000 ASU-000#-180
Technical data
Part reference Type A with Ø12 / Ø18 B with Ø12 / Ø18

ASU-2000-000 vertical 30.5 mm / 36.5 mm 21.5 mm / 24.5 mm
Screws: DIN 7981, Ø 4.2 zinc-plated
Sensor tester Power supply unit, amplifiers

ATE-0000-002 These devices are built into user-friendly clamping frames that can be snapped
For fast field checks of various sensor onto various standard rails, thanks to their universal foot.
types (inductive, capacitive, photoelectric
and ultrasonic) 10 ... 30 V. Dimensions (all types):
− Suitable for PNP and NPN devices,
N.O. and N.C. versions
− Automatic PNP/
NPN recognition
− LED and acoustic
indicators
− Built-in steel target
(non-standardized)
for checking induc-
tive sensors
− Power supply from
a single 9 V battery
(type IEC 6LR61)
− LED battery-state Power supply unit Wiring diagram:
indication DW-AZ-100-24
− Built-in step-up voltage converter Supply voltage 220 VAC 24 VDC
A
+UB
E
100 mA B 0V
F
− Automatic switch off after approx. Power drain 3 VA

30 sec. of non-use Output voltage 24 VDC
G
Output current 100 mA max.
C
220 VAC
Chargers and rechargeable battery D H 3 VA
for sensor tester

ATE-0000-012 EU
ATE-0000-022 US + JP
ATE-0000-032 UK
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Amplifiers for 3-wire proximity switches
DW-AZ-100-A3 Wiring diagram: 2
proximity switches
These devices are suitable for NPN
Photoelectric
and PNP N.O. proximity switches. Operat-
ing the switch activates the relay, and the
contact closes. A wire bridge between B
and D inverts this function.
Supply voltage 220 VAC A +UB E max.
250 VAC
Power drain 0.5 VA F 5A
3
B 0V
Output voltage 18.5 VDC

Output current 20 mA max. C G
Optical fibers
220 VAC
H 0,5 VA
Q D
DW-AZ-100-D3 Wiring diagram:

These devices are suitable for NPN
and PNP N.O. proximity switches. Operat-
ing the switch activates the relay, and the
contact closes. A wire bridge between B 4
proximity switches
and D inverts this function.
Ultrasonic
Supply voltage 24 VDC A E max.
+UB
No-load supply current 20 mA max. B 0V
250 VAC
F 5A
Output voltage 18.5 VDC

Output current 20 mA max. C G
24 VDC
H 20 mA
Q D
Connecting cables
Amplifiers for NAMUR proximity switches
DW-AZ-100-AN DW-AZ-100-DN
These devices are suitable for These devices are suitable for
NAMUR proximity switches. Operating NAMUR proximity switches. Operating
the switch activates the relay, and the the switch activates the relay, and the
contact closes. A wire bridge between contact closes. A wire bridge between
C and D inverts this function. C and D inverts this function. 6
Supply voltage 220 VAC Supply voltage 24 VDC
Accessories
Power drain 0.5 VA No-load supply current 20 mA max.
Output current and impedance Output current and impedance
correspond to NAMUR standard (DIN correspond to NAMUR standard (DIN
19234). 19234).
Wiring diagram: Wiring diagram:

7
Glossary
A +UB E max. A +UB E max.
8
250 VAC 250 VAC
B F 5A B F 5A
0V 0V
C G C G
220 VAC 24 VDC
H 0,5 VA H 20 mA
Q D Q D
Index

7 Glossary
Inductive proximity switches Photoelectric proximity switches
ALIGNMENT
A
Through-beam sensors
ADJUSTMENT (potentiometer) First place the receiver and fix it in its final position. Then align the emitter accu-
The sensitivity is adjusted by rately onto the receiver.
means of the built-in single or multi-
turn potentiometer (if provided). Turning it Reflex sensors
clockwise increases the sensitivity. Multi- First place the reflector as required, and fix it firmly in place. Cover the reflector all
turn potentiometers cannot be turned over around with adhesive tape so that only the center (approx. 25% of the surface area)
their end position (no stops). remains free. Fit the reflex sensor with the optical axis aligned on the reflector so that
it switches reliably. Finally, remove the adhesive tape from the reflector.
Through-beam sensors / reflex
sensors Diffuse sensors, energetic
The potentiometer is normally set to the Align the unit’s optical axis with the target so that switching occurs reliably. Check
maximum sensitivity (turned clockwise). that enough excess gain is available, i.e. the green LED must light up (series 1120,
This provides the maximum excess-gain 1180, 1180W, 3030, 3031, 3060, 4040, 6080), and with the series 1040/50, the yellow
signal. A reduction in sensitivity may LED should not flash. Finally, fix the device firmly.
only be necessary to detect transparent
objects. Diffuse sensors with background suppression
Diffuse sensors, energetic Line up the beam on the center of the target, before fixing the device firmly.
Set the sensitivity so that the target is
reliably detected; for reliable operation, the AMBIENT LIGHT LIMIT
green LED should light up, or the yellow Ambient light is that which is produced by external light sources. The illumina-
LED should not flash (series 1040/50). On tion intensity is measured on the light incidence surface. The sensors are basically
removing the object, if the output remains insensitive to ambient light due to the use of modulated light. There is nevertheless an
ON (detection of the background), the sen- upper limit for the intensity of any external light and this is referred to as the ambient
sitivity must be reduced slightly. light limit. It is given for sunlight (unmodulated light) and halogen lamps (light modulated
at twice the mains frequency). Reliable operation of the units is no longer possible at
Diffuse sensors with background light intensities above the relevant ambient light limit.
suppression
The setup must ensure that the target AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
is clearly identified, and any background The specified ambient temperature range must not be exceeded in
excluded. The target should first be po- order to avoid damaging the proximity switch and rendering its performance
sitioned at the maximum foreseen distance unreliable.
from the emitter, and the potentiometer
adjusted so that the output just switches.
The target is then removed and the poten- ANALOG OUTPUT
tiometer adjusted so that the background Devices with analog output deliver an analog output signal approximately
just causes the output to switch. Finally, the proportional to the target distance. For most models, voltage and current outputs
potentiometer is set to half way between are available simultaneously.
the two previous readings. Where there is
no background, the potentiometer should AUTOCOLLIMATION
be set to the maximum distance.
Photoelectric proximity switches using the autocollimation principle are char-
acterized by the fact that the optical axes of the emitting and receiving channels
are identical. This is possible with light from one of the channels being deflected by
means of a semi-transparent mirror (Fig. 16). This principle completely eliminates the
interfering blind zone often found in the proximity of the sensor, which is of special
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
advantage when using reflex sensors. potentiometer), and, if the distance of the pos. A
Reflex sensors with autocollimation are object is less than, or equal to, the preset
target
especially suitable for foil reflectors. operating distance, the output is switched.
Contrary to an energetic diffuse sensor,
reflector
the operating distance depends only to a pos. B 3
very small extent on the target’s size or receiving
Optical fibers
emitting
color, or on the nature of its surface. The optics optics
object can therefore be easily discerned,
even against a light background. These
A
devices are not suitable for objects having B
optical
shiny surfaces.
axis
emitting and
PSD
(receiver) 4
C
receiving optics
proximity switches
Ultrasonic
emitter
semi-transparent
mirror
Fig. 17
CAPACITANCE
The maximum switchable capacitance is the greatest permissible total ca-
receiver pacitance at the device’s output so that reliable switching is still guaranteed.
Contributing to this total capacitance in particular are the lead capacitance (approx. 100
5
Connecting cables
... 200 pF per m) and the load’s input capacitance. The value is given in the individual
emitter data sheets. These can be found on the CONTRINEX website (www.contrinex.com),
or ordered from our sales offices.
Fig. 16
CE MARK
All proximity switches in this catalog meet the requirements of European
standards EN 60947-1 and EN 60947-5-2, and therefore correspond to EMC
6
B
directive 89/336/EEC, as well as low-tension directive 73/23/EEC. Consequently, they
are labeled with the CE mark.
Accessories
However, this mark is neither a quality seal, nor an official test label
certified by any authority. By applying the CE mark, the manufacturer con-
firms (under his own responsibility) that the protective requirements for the
BACKGROUND product meet the applicable EU directives, and consequently that the corresponding
SUPPRESSION EU standards have been complied with. The CE mark enables the free importation of
goods into the EU, as well as their free circulation within the EU.
The light pulse from the emitting
diode leaves the optical system as 7
a focused, almost parallel, light beam. On CHANGEOVER
meeting an object in its path, part of the Devices with changeover outputs provide one output for the light-ON and
Glossary
beam is diffusely reflected, and in turn, another for the dark-ON signal. Both functions are available simultaneously for
part of this reflected light falls on the PSD maximum connection flexibility to the control unit. Moreover, logical connections may
(Position-Sensitive Device) housed in the be implemented without using series connection. Connecting both outputs to the control
same sensor (Fig. 17). Depending on the unit allows for additional security monitoring.
distance of the target from the device, the
light falls on a particular spot of the PSD,
CLEARANCE
and a corresponding reception signal is
Inductive proximity switches must
8
> 3 x sn
emitted, indicating that an object is pres- D A D A D

ent at a certain distance from the device. not mutually influence each other.
The analyzing circuit compares the signal For this reason, a minimum distance A
Index
received with the preset operating dis- between devices of diameter D must be
tance (adjusted by means of the built-in observed (Fig. 18). Fig. 18

Series 300, 400, 420, 600, 620* Diffuse sensors, energetic (Fig. 19)
Size embeddable non-emb. distance a (mm)
D A (mm) A (mm)
Series 1040/50 50
Ø3 0 --- Series 1040/50...505 15
M4 0 --- Series 1040/50...506 30
Ø4 0 --- Series 1120 150
M5 0 --- Series 1180/1180W 500
Series 3030 500
C5 0 ---
Series 3031 250
Ø 6.5 3 / *4 --- Series 4040 750 Fig. 19
M8 2 / *3 8 Series 6080 500
C8 2 / *3 ---
Diffuse sensors with background
M12 6 / *12 16 suppression
M18 14 / *22 32 distance a (mm)
M30 30 60 Series 1180/1180W 50
C44 40 120 Series 3030 50
C40 50 140 Series 3031 50
Series 6080 150
C60 --- 180
C80 -- 240 Reflex sensors (Fig. 20)
distance a (mm)
Series 500, 520
Series 1120 150
Size quasi-embed. non-emb.
Series 1180/1180W 250
D A (mm) A (mm)
Series 3030 500
Ø4 6 (embeddable) --- Series 3031 250 Fig. 20
M5 5 (embeddable) --- Series 4040 750
Ø 6.5 9.5 --- Series 6080 500
M8 8 20 Through-beam sensors (Fig. 21)
C8 8 --- distance a (mm)
M12 18 30 Series 1040/50 50
M18 26 60 Series 1120 150
M30 50 120 Series 1180/1180W 250
Series 700 Series 3030 500
Series 3031 250
Size embeddable non-emb.
D A (mm) A (mm) Series 4040 750
Series 6080 500 Fig. 21
M8 12 40
M12 28 68 Fiber-optic amplifiers
M18 34 132 The value "a" depends strongly on the specific type of fiber used. General recom-
M30 60 220 mendations are therefore not possible.

must not mutually influence each
CONDET® TECHNOLOGY
other. For this reason, a minimum distance A new technology for producing inductive proximity switches. Contrary to con-
"a" between them has to be respected, ventional technology, in which a high-frequency magnetic field is generated in front
which depends strongly on the model of the sensing face, here the coil is triggered by an alternating polarity pulsed current.
used and the actual sensitivity setting. This technology is used in the 700 series (see also pages 12 - 13). It permits:
The following values should therefore
− generally long operating distances;
be considered as rough guidelines only.
The values given are for maximum sen- − long operating distances also on non-ferrous metals, such as aluminum, brass,
sitivity. copper, etc.;
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
− one-piece stainless steel housing N.C. function
(sensing face included). +UB pin 1 brown
0V pin 3 blue
CONDIST® TECHNOLOGY output pin 2 white
3
Developed and patented by
2-wire DC
Optical fibers
CONTRINEX, a completely new
high-performance oscillator for inductive L1 pin 3 blue
proximity switches. Operating distances L2 pin 4 black
from 2.2 to 4 times the standard values are
possible thanks to excellent temperature Analog output
and voltage stability. Devices of the 500 +UB pin 1 brown
and 520 series work with such an oscillator
(see also page 12).
0V
voltage output
pin 3
pin 4
blue
black 4
proximity switches
current output pin 2 white
CONNECTORS
Ultrasonic
Connector cable types K and L are equipped with screw terminals so that a suitable
alternative cable can be connected by the customer if required.
Pin assignment size S8:
Pin assignment size S8 3 pole:

5
Connecting cables
N.O. and N.C. functions
+UB pin 1 brown
N.O. and N.C. functions 0V pin 3 blue
+UB pin 1 brown output pin 4 black
0V pin 3 blue
output pin 4 black
N.O. and N.C. functions 6
Namur +UB pin 1 brown
Accessories
L+ pin 1 brown output 2 pin 2 white
L- pin 4 blue 0V pin 3 blue
output 1 pin 4 black
Analog output
+UB pin 1 brown Teach function
0V pin 3 blue +UB pin 1 brown
voltage output pin 4 black output 2
0V
pin 2
pin 3
white
blue
7
Pin assignment size S12: output 1 pin 4 black
Glossary

N.O. function
+UB pin 1 brown
0V pin 3 blue
N.O. function output pin 4 black 8
+UB pin 1 brown N.C. function
0V pin 3 blue
+UB pin 1 brown
Index
output pin 4 black

0V pin 3 blue
output pin 2 white

Pin assignment size S12 4 pole: Series 300 / 400 / 420 / 600 / 620 Geometrical influence:
Material influence:
Target material Operating
damping surface %
distance
Steel type FE 360 sn x 1.00
N.O. and N.C. functions Aluminum sn x 0.55
+UB pin 1 brown Brass sn x 0.64
output 2 pin 2 white
0V pin 3 blue Copper sn x 0.51
output 1 pin 4 black Stainless steel (V2A) sn x 0.85
sn factor
When using foils, an increase in the usable operating distance can be expected.
Series 500 / 520* Geometrical influence:
Material influence:
N.O. and N.C. functions Target material Operating
damping surface %
+UB pin 1 brown distance
output 2 pin 2 white
Steel type FE 360 sn x 1.00
0V pin 3 blue
output 1 pin 4 black Aluminum sn x 0.36 / *0.28
test pin 5 gray Brass sn x 0.44 / *0.37
Connector cable types K and L are Copper sn x 0.32 / *0.24
equipped with screw terminals so that a Stainless steel (V2A) sn x 0.69
suitable alternative cable can be connected
sn factor
by the customer if required.
When using foils, an increase in the usable operating distance can be expected.
CORRECTION FACTORS
The specified operating distance
s of inductive proximity switches Series 700 Geometrical influence:
refers to exactly defined measuring con-
ditions (see OPERATING DISTANCE). Material influence:
Other arrangements generally result in a
reduction of the operating distance. The fol- Target material Operating
damping surface %
lowing data are to be considered as guide- distance

lines only; according to size and version,
there can be wide variations. Exact values Steel type FE 360 sn x 1.0
are given in the individual data sheets. Aluminum sn x 1.0
These can be found on the CONTRINEX Brass sn x 1.3
website (www.contrinex.com), or ordered
directly from our sales offices. Copper sn x 0.8
Stainless steel (1 mm thick) sn x 0.5
Stainless steel (2 mm thick) sn x 0.9 sn factor
When using foils, a decrease in the usable operating distance can be expected.
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
The specified operating distan- and the second numeral:
ces of energetic diffuse sensors are 4 Protection against water splashes: water splashed against the housing from any
achieved using standard matt white paper direction must have no harmful effect.
of the specified dimensions as the target
surface. For other target surface materials, Test conditions: spraying with oscillating tube or spray nozzle; water pressure 3
the correction factors given below apply 1 bar (14.5 psi); delivery rate 10 l (2.6 gallon)/min ± 5%; duration 5 minutes.
Optical fibers
(these are guideline values only).
5 Protection against water jets: water projected by a nozzle from any direction under
specified conditions must have no harmful effect.
Test card 100%
(Kodak paper, white) Test conditions: nozzle with 6.3 mm diameter; delivery rate 12.5 l (3.3 gallon)/min
± 5%; distance 3 m; duration 3 minutes.
Paper, white 80%
7
PVC, gray 57% Protection against water when device is immersed in water under specified pres-
sure and time conditions. Water must not penetrate in damaging quantities. 4
proximity switches
Newspaper, printed 60%
Wood, lightly colored 73% Test conditions: immersion depth in water 1 m; duration 30 minutes.
Ultrasonic
Cork 65% 8 Protection against water when device is immersed in water indefinitely under
Plastic, white 70% specified pressure conditions. Water must not penetrate in damaging quantities.
Plastic, black 22% Test conditions used by CONTRINEX: immersion depth in water 5 m; duration
Neoprene, black 20% ≥ 1 month.
Automobile tires 15% 9K Protection against water, which directed against the housing from any direction 5
Connecting cables
Aluminum sheet, untreated 200% and under considerably increased pressure, must have no harmful effect.
Aluminum sheet, black 150% Test conditions: sensor mounted on table turning at 5 ± 1 rpm; spraying with
anodized flat nozzle; delivery rate 14 - 16 l (3.7 - 4.2 gallon)/min; distance 100 - 150 mm;
Aluminum sheet, matt 120% angles 0°, 30°, 60° and 90°; temperature 80 ± 5 °C (176 ± 9 °F); pressure 8,000
- 10,000 kPa (1,160 - 1,450 psi); duration 30 sec per position.
(brushed finish)
Stainless steel, polished 230% Devices with degree of protection IP 67 are thus not intended for prolonged
operation in water, or in prolonged humid conditions. Tolerance to liquids other than
water must be examined from case to case.
6
D
Accessories
E
DARK-ON
The “dark-ON” function means EMBEDDABLE MOUNTING
that the relevant output is switched See MOUNTING. 7
(carrying current) when no light is reach-
ing the receiver.
Glossary
EMC
DEGREES OF PROTECTION The EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) resistance of the devices
The IP degrees of pro- satisfies the highest demands.
tection are defined in DIN For inductive proximity switches, the following requirements are met:
40050 / IEC 60529. The meaning of the
first numeral is: Series 300 / 400 / 420 / 500 / 520 / 700 Series 600 / 620 8
6 The housing provides complete − IEC 61000-4-2 level 2 − IEC 61000-4-2 level 3
protection against contact with elec- − IEC 61000-4-3 level 3 − IEC 61000-4-3 level 3
− IEC 61000-4-4 − IEC 61000-4-4
Index
trically conducting or moving parts, level 2 level 3

and full protection against dust pene- − IEC 60255-5 5 kV − IEC 60255-5 1 kV / 5 kV
tration. (M12 - C80)

For photoelectric proximity switches, see “technical data”. output transistor. CONTRINEX proximity
All devices comply with the EU directive no. 89/336/EEC. In addition, they switches therefore contain a Zener diode
undergo severe field testing. at the output to limit the switch-off voltage
to a safe value (3-wire types). When con-
necting an inductive load with a current
EXCESS-GAIN INDICATION hysteresis excess gain >100 mA and simultaneously a switching
The excess-gain indication circuit frequency >10 Hz, the mounting of a roller
detects the excess radiation power diode directly to the load is recommended
which falls on the light incidence surface (due to the leakage power in the built-in
and is processed by the light receiver. The signal Zener diode).
strength
excess gain can decrease in time due to
dirt, a change in the target’s reflection excess-
gain output INSTALLATION
factor, and aging of the emitter diode, so (green LED)
that reliable operation can no longer be switching Photoelectric proximity switches
guaranteed. Some devices are therefore
output can be easily and reliably installed
(yellow LED)
equipped with a second LED (green), which in any position, using the mounting ac-
lights up when less than approximately
Fig. 22 cessories supplied with most devices.
80% of the available operating distance is used. In others, the yellow LED flashes when The installation position should preferably
the available excess gain is insufficient. Models with an excess-gain output make the protect the units against dirt and other
excess-gain signal available to the user for further processing. Thus, operating condi- contamination.
tions which are no longer reliable can be recognized in time. For inductive proximity switches,
see MOUNTING.
H INSULATION VOLTAGE
The devices in this catalog
are designed for an insulation
switch-on point switch-off point voltage (between connecting leads and
HYSTERESIS housing) of 500 VAC (supply voltage up
to 50 VAC / 75 VDC), or 1500 VAC (supply
Hysteresis (differential travel) voltage over 50 VAC / 75 VDC).
causes a defined switching behavior hysteresis
of the device (Fig. 23). The operating
distance always refers to the switch-on signal IP 64 / IP 65 / IP 67 / IP 68 /
point.
strength
switching
IP 69K
Distance hysteresis is only useful for output
(yellow
Refer to DEGREES OF
the diffuse sensor model and its related LED) PROTECTION.
fiber version. Fig. 23
Hysteresis (differential travel) IR LIGHT

causes a defined switching beha- direction of movement IR is the abbreviation of “Infra-
vior of the device (Fig. 24). The operating Red”. This refers to any electro-
distance always refers to the switch-on switch-off point magnetic radiation with a wavelength
point. Namur devices and those with ana- exceeding that of normal visible light,
switch-on point hysteresis
log output have continuous transmission which is approx. 380 to 780 nm. Wave-
behavior, i.e. there is no hysteresis. lengths of approx. 780 to 1500 nm are
operating distance s
typically used. IR light cannot be used with
I
synthetic fibers, due to high attenuation.
response
curves Instead, visible red light is used. As the
usual polarization filters cannot be used in
Fig. 24
the IR range, visible red light is also used
for reflex sensors.
INDUCTION PROTECTION
When inductive loads are switched off, the output voltage, without a
protective circuit, would increase to a high value, which could destroy the
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
reaches the receiver (reflex and through-beam sensors). Switches without a green LED
L
have the yellow LED flashing if the available excess gain is insufficient.
LIGHT-ON 3
Light-ON means that the relevant output is switched (carrying current) when
LEAD LENGTHS
Optical fibers
light is reaching the receiver.
For the proximity switch,
long leads mean: LOAD RESISTANCE
− a capacitive load at the output (see From the selected supply voltage UB and the specified maximum output
CAPACITANCE); current of the proximity switch, the lowest permissible load resistance for
− increased influence of interference trouble-free operation can be calculated.
signals.
Even under favorable conditions, lead
Example: With a voltage of 24 V and a specified maximum permissible output current 4
proximity switches
of 200 mA, the minimum load resistance is 120 ohm; at 15 V, it is 75 ohm.
lengths should not exceed 300 m.
Ultrasonic
LEADS
The standard built-in leads
are not suitable for repeated
bending stresses. In such cases, high-
M
flexibility PUR cables (special execu-
tions) or connectors with corresponding MAGNETIC FIELDS
5
Connecting cables
connecting cables (see page 146) must
be used. Permanent and low-frequency alternating magnetic fields do not normally
influence the operation of proximity switches.
LEAKAGE CURRENT Strong fields, on the other hand, can saturate the ferrite core of inductive
proximity switches, thereby increasing the operating distance, or even provoking
Leakage current is the through-connection. However, no lasting damage is caused. High-frequency fields of
current that flows through the several kHz (700 series), or several hundred kHz (other series), may seriously interfere
output transistor and thereby through the
load when the output is OFF (to be taken
with the switch functioning, since the oscillator frequency of the devices lies in this range. If
difficulties with interfering magnetic fields are encountered, shielding is recommended. 6
into account particularly where switches
are connected in parallel).
Accessories
MODULATED LIGHT
LED The photoelectric switches listed in this catalog operate with modulated light,
i.e. the light emitter is switched on only for a short period and remains switched
Most of the inductive devices off for much longer (ratio approx. 1:25). In diffuse and reflex sensors, the receiver is
in this catalog are equipped with a only active during the light pulse, and is disabled during the pulse gap. Operation with
built-in yellow light-emitting diode (LED). modulated light provides the following advantages:
It indicates the switching state: output
activated = yellow LED on. In case of a − The devices are largely insensitive to ambient light. 7
short-circuit, the LED remains off. − Longer operating distances are possible.
− Heat generation is reduced, which prolongs the operating life of the emitting
Glossary
All photoelectric sensors have diodes.

one or two Light Emitting Diodes
(LEDs) built in. The yellow LED lights up MODULATION FREQUENCY
when the output is switched (for switches LED on
with 2 outputs: the light-ON output). Dur- The photoelectric devices in this
ing a short-circuit or overload, the yellow catalog are operated with modulated
LED does not operate. The green LED (if
provided) lights up when enough excess
light, which makes them largely insensi-
tive to ambient light. The modulation fre-
8
gain for reliable operation is available, i.e. quency fcy is in the range of several kHz.
when an object is present in the reliable If a switch is operated in the proximity of
Index
sensing area (diffuse sensors), or when another device with the same modulation
enough light from the uninterrupted beam frequency, interference can occur. If the
Fig. 25

problem cannot be solved by suitable align- Mounting in steel and in non-ferrous Mounting in stainless steel:
ment of the units or by shielding, switches metals:
with different modulation frequencies can
Housing size Housing size
be supplied as an option.
D X (mm) D X (mm)
MOUNTING Ø 6.5 1 Ø 6.5 0.0
M8 1 M8 0.0
C8 1 C8 0.0
M12 2 M12 1.0
Embeddable proximity switches M18 4 M18 1.5
Embeddable proximity switches may M30 6 M30 2.0
be flush mounted in all metals. For trouble-
free operation, a free zone according to Non-embeddable proximity switches
Fig. 26 should be observed. When mounting non-embeddable proximity switches in conducting materials (metals),
minimum distances to the conducting material must be maintained according to Fig. 28.
D + 2 x sn
Flush mounting in non-conducting materials is permitted.
metal-free
zone
Y D Y Housing size
Fig. 28 D Y (mm)
> 3 x sn
sensing M8 8
face
M12 12
Y*
M18 22
D M30 40
C44 60 / *40
C40 70 / *40
C60 60 / *40
Fig. 26
C80 110 / *40
Quasi-embeddable proximity switches
When installing quasi-embeddable
series 500 and 520 proximity switches in
N
conductive materials (metals), the devices
must protrude by a distance X, according
to Fig. 27. Further, a free zone of 3 x sn N.C. FUNCTION
must be observed. Flush mounting in non- The output is closed when the switch is not activated. It is open when
conducting materials is permitted. the switch is activated.
D + 2 x sn N.O. FUNCTION
metal-free
zone The output is open when the switch is not activated. It is closed when
the switch is activated.
sensing
NO-LOAD SUPPLY CURRENT
> 3 x sn
face
No-load supply current is understood as the inherent consumption of the

proximity switch for operating the LED, amplifier, etc., in the non-activated
X
D state. It does not include the current flowing through the load.
NON-EMBEDDABLE MOUNTING
See MOUNTING.
Fig. 27
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
NPN CONFIGURATION Housing
The PBTP / polybutyleneterephthalate (Crastin) used for the housing is highly
The output device contains
resistant to all conventional types of oil, in particular, to cutting and hydraulic oils, as
an NPN transistor, which
switches the load towards zero voltage.
The load is connected between the output
well as drilling emulsions.
3
Optics
terminal and the positive supply voltage
Optical fibers
The windows are of glass, and are therefore not affected. However, oil on the light
+UB (Fig. 29). in- and outputs changes their optical properties. The effects should be examined from
case to case.
+UB
RL Cable
A
The PVC cable used as standard is not resistant to most types of oils, and be-
comes brittle in long-term use. The optional PUR cable should therefore be used in
load
oily environments. 4
proximity switches
0V
OPERATING DISTANCE
Ultrasonic
Fig. 29
The operating distance of inductive proximity switches is the distance at which
a target approaching the sensing face triggers a signal change. The operating
O
distance is measured according to IEC 60947-5-2 / EN 60947-5-2, using a standard
square target moving axially (Fig. 30). This target is made of steel, e.g. type FE 360
in accordance with ISO 630, with a smooth surface, square shape, and thickness of
1 mm (Fig. 31). The sides equal the diameter of the inscribed circle of the sensing
face or three times the rated operating distance sn of the proximity switch, which-
5
Connecting cables
OIL RESISTANCE ever is the greater.
Long-term contact with
any oils may affect plastics
and weaken their resistance. However,
inductive series 700 proximity switches, direction of movement
as well as the sealed (series E) and

high-pressure-resistant (series P) types
can be used in oily environments without switch-on point
6
restriction. For all other types, this is not
Accessories
necessarily the case. d
Thus, please observe the following: operating distance s
Lubricating oils:
Generally cause no problems. Use ver-
sions with oil-resistant PUR cable (special t
executions).
response curve
m
d=m
7
Hydraulic oils, cutting oils:
These attack most plastics. In parti- Fig. 30 Fig. 31
Glossary
cular, PVC cables discolor and become

brittle. Measures: Rated operating distance sn
This is the operating distance for which the proximity switch is designed. It can be
− Wherever possible, avoid contact
found under “technical data”.
with these liquids, particularly at the
sensing face. Effective operating distance sr
− Use versions with oil-resistant PUR
cable.
The measured operating distance for a given switch according to IEC 60947-5-2
/ EN 60947-5-2.
8
For photoelectric proximity 0.9 sn ≤ sr ≤ 1.1 sn
switches, housing, optical unit, and
Index
This means that the manufacturing tolerance must not exceed ± 10%.
cable should be considered separately:

Usable operating distance su The fibers consist of a core (with a higher refractive index) and a cladding (with
This distance takes into account ex- a lower refractive index). Due to total reflection, the light is reflected backwards and
pected additional deviations caused by forwards in the core, and can thus go round bends and curves.
temperature and supply voltage fluctua-
tions within the specified range. OUTPUT CURRENT
0.9 sr ≤ su ≤ 1.1 sr The devices are designed for a given maximum output current. If this
The temperature and supply voltage current is exceeded, even for only a short time, the overload protection
ranges can be found under “technical trips. Incandescent lamps, capacitors, and other heavily capacitative loads (e.g. long
data”. leads) have a similar effect to overload (see also CAPACITANCE).
Assured operating distance sa
0 ≤ sa ≤ 0.81 sn
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
This operating distance is guaranteed In order that the output voltage, even without external load, follows the
by the manufacturer for all specified op- switching state, CONTRINEX proximity switches contain a built-in output
erating conditions. It is the basis for a resistance (pull-up resistor). For operation at high switching frequencies, an additional
safe design. external load resistor must be added (to reduce the electrical time constant).
The specified operating distance
of photoelectric proximity switches is OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION
the maximum usable distance between the For maximum operating reliability and ease of use, CONTRINEX proximity
switch and the standard target (energetic switches feature a built-in protection circuit against very short, non-periodic
diffuse sensors); between the switch and supply voltage peaks, which complies with the requirements of IEC 60255-5.
the reference reflector (reflex sensors),
and between the emitter and the receiver
(through-beam sensors). The potentio-
meter must be set for maximum sensitivity,
or for diffuse sensors with background sup-
pression, for maximum operating distance.
P
Moreover, the specified reflector (reflex
sensors) or standard target (diffuse sen-
sors) must be used. PARALLEL CONNECTION
Connecting proximity switches in parallel, in order to perform logic func-
OPTICAL FIBERS tions, is possible without any problem (Figs. 33 and 34).
An optical fiber can consist of a
bundle of glass fibers, or one or more +U B 0V +U B 0V
synthetic fibers. It is used to conduct light
from one place to another, even around +U B +U B
bends and curves. This is possible thanks 1 NPN

A
1 PNP
A
0V 0V
to the phenomenon of total reflection. Total
reflection always occurs when light coming +U B +U B
A A
from a material with a higher refractive 2 NPN
0V
2 PNP
0V
index falls on an interface with a medium
having a lower refractive index, in such a
way that the critical angle required for total
reflection is never reached. +U B +U B
A A
n-1 NPN n-1 PNP
0V 0V
Fig. 32 cladding (lower +U B +U B

refractive index) A A
n NPN n PNP
0V 0V
total reflection Fig. 33 Fig. 34
core (higher refractive index)
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
Please note: part of the original light which oscillates in
− The no-load supply current in- the filter polarization direction is still pres- direction of
ent (Fig. 37). Polarization is retained after propagation
creases.
reflection by mirrored surfaces, only the
− Leakage currents add up, so that, direction of polarization may be altered. Dif- 3
even when closed, an inadmissible fuse reflection, on the other hand, destroys
Optical fibers
voltage drop can occur at the out- polarization. This difference can be used to
put. suppress the disruptive effects caused by Fig. 37
mirrored surfaces, by means of selection
PNP CONFIGURATION and configuration of suitable filters.
The output device con-

tains a PNP transistor, which
POWER-ON RESET
switches the load towards the positive sup- When switched on, the proximity switch output is activated for a short 4
proximity switches
ply voltage +UB. The load is connected time due to physical reasons, even without the presence of a target in
between the output terminal and the nega- front of the sensing face. Proximity switches with power-on reset therefore include an
Ultrasonic
tive supply voltage 0V (Fig. 35). additional circuit that closes the output for a short time during the switching-on phase,
so suppressing an error signal (this function is also known as “switch-on pulse sup-
pression”).
+UB
load POWER SUPPLY UNITS

A
RL
Circuit recommendations for suitable power supply units are shown in
Figs. 38 and 39.
5
Connecting cables
0V
Fig. 35 19 VAC
19 VAC
+ UB + UB
7824
POLARITY REVERSAL +
0,1
ca. 24 VDC + 2200 F
40 V
ca. 24 VDC
0,5 A
0,5 A
PROTECTION 2200 F
40 V
F
0V
0V
Virtually all proximity
switches in this catalog are
Fig. 38 Fig. 39
6
protected against any polarity reversal
Accessories
at all terminals. The CONTRINEX accessory program also includes a suitable power supply unit
(page 150).
POLARIZATION FILTER Please observe:
Natural light (including the light − Unsuitable power supply units are the most frequent reason for proximity switch
from the emitter diodes) is not polar- problems!
ized (Fig. 36). When light has passed
through a polarizing filter however, only that − A transformer and rectifier are not sufficient; at least a smoothing capacitor is
essential (due to the ripple content).
7
− Transformers with a 24 V output, rear-position rectifier and smoothing capacitor
Glossary
deliver a no-load voltage of well above 30 V. Consequently, devices with a maxi-

mum supply voltage of 30 V can be damaged.
direction of
propagation
8
Index
Fig. 36

RIPPLE CONTENT (Fig. 43)
R Too much ripple content

causes undefined switching
behavior. To remedy this, use a larger
smoothing capacitor, or a stabilized power
REFLECTORS supply unit. The specified maximum sup-
ply voltage UB must not be exceeded, not
By means of built-in polarization even during USS peaks.
filters, reflex sensors are designed
so that they respond only to the light Uss
reflected from special reflectors. These W = x 100 (%)
operate according to the principle of the Ud
3-way mirror (Fig. 40). The choice of the
correct reflector for a specific application U
is determined by the required operating
distance and installation possibilities. The
reflector must be installed perpendicularly Uss
to the optical axis (tolerance ± 15o). Fig. 40 Ud
REPEAT ACCURACY t
Repeat accuracy (according to IEC 60947-5-2 / EN 60947-5-2) is understood Fig. 43
to be the repeat accuracy of the effective operating distance sr over an 8-hour
period at an ambient temperature of 23 ± 5 oC (73.4 ± 9 oF) and with a specified sup-
ply voltage UB. The specified repeat accuracy refers to this definition. Successive
measurements made immediately one after the other generally lead to much better
repeat accuracy. S
RESPONSE DIAGRAM
The specified values for the operating distance refer to an axial approach SAFETY
of the target. For staggered or lateral movements, type-specific response
The devices in this catalog
curves are valid. Two typical examples are shown below (Fig. 41 and Fig. 42):
must not be used in appli-
cations where the safety of people is
Sn [mm]
target dependent on their functioning.
0,9 Sn [mm] target
7
SENSING RANGE
0,8
0,7 6
0,6 5
ON
See OPERATING DISTANCE.
0,5
4
ON OFF
0,4
3
0,3 OFF
2
SERIES CONNECTION
0,2
0,1
1 The connection of switches
2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 0,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 in series in order to achieve
[mm] [mm] logic functions is possible, but not recom-
mended. The same effect can be achieved
by the parallel connection of switches
Fig. 41 DW-AD-403-M5 Fig. 42 DW-AD-503-M12
with N.C. function (instead of the series
connection of switches with N.O. function),
or vice versa. However, please note that,
Depending on series, size, and mounting type (embeddable or non-embeddable), as a result, the output signal is inverted.
the response diagrams differ. Response diagrams for switch types not shown here are
readily available from the corresponding individual data sheets. These can be found on
the CONTRINEX website (www.contrinex.com), or ordered from our sales offices.
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
SHOCK RESISTANCE − IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 / DIN VDE
0660, part 100, part 100 A3, part 200,
The proximity switches in this catalog are tested for resistance to a
part 208
shock of 30 g (30 times gravitational acceleration) for a period of 11 ms,
according to IEC 60068-2-27.
− DIN EN 50008, 50010, 50025, 50026,
50032, 50036, 50037, 50038, 50040, 3
50044
Optical fibers
SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION
All DC devices feature built-in pulse protection against short-circuits SUPPLY VOLTAGE UB
and overloads, which alternately closes and opens the output when the The specified maximum
maximum output current is exceeded, until the short-circuit is eliminated. Short-circuits supply voltages must not
between the output and the supply voltage terminals do not damage the switch, and be exceeded. For maximum operating
are allowed in permanence. The same applies to overloads. During short-circuits, the reliability and ease of use, CONTRINEX
LEDs do not function. proximity switches contain a built-in protec- 4
proximity switches
tion circuit against very short, non-periodic,
SPHERICAL OPTICS supply voltage peaks, which complies with
Ultrasonic
the requirements of IEC 60255-5. Operat-
Spherical lenses are special cases of double convex lenses. They feature a ing voltages below the lower specified limit,
short focal length and a good light incidence area. They are known for their use even for short periods, do not damage the
in the optical coupling of optical fibers, where the mentioned characteristics can be switches, but impede their operation.
used to their advantage. New, however, is the use of such optics in coupling the light
produced or received by a semiconductor chip (LED or photodiode) into (LED), or out
SWITCHING FREQUENCY
of (photodiode) an optical space. Fig. 44 shows such a design, as it is used in the
LT#-1040/1050-30#-50# switches (see pages 88 and 89). For the diffuse sensor, the The maximum switching fre-
5
Connecting cables
sphere is cut in two, in order to separate the reception from the emission channel. The quency of inductive proximity
switches indicates the highest permissible
reflector photodiode sapphire
number of pulses per second for a constant
pulse/pause ratio of 1 : 2 at half the rated
operating distance sn. Measurement is
according to IEC 60947-5-2 / EN 60947-
5-2 (Fig. 45).
proximity
6
LED switch
Accessories
Fig. 44 target
2m sn / 2
m
emitter and receiver semiconductor chips are mounted as closely as possible to the
surface of the sphere. As can be seen in Fig. 44, the chips are positioned slightly off the
optical axis. In optics, this is usually a disadvantage, but not in this case: The emitted
beam and the sensing range of the receiver section “squint” somewhat, i.e. they cross non-conducting
at a specific distance from the device. Consequently, the operating distance is relatively
7
material
short, but the sensing range is virtually cylindrical. This is unusual for photoelectric
proximity switches, and allows for interesting new application possibilities, such as, for disk
instance, the detection of targets through narrow holes or gaps. Fig. 45
Glossary
STANDARDS The maximum switching frequen-

cy of photoelectric proximity switches
The proximity switches in this catalog comply, either completely or to is determined with the aid of a rotating
a great extent, with the following standards: sector disk. Designed so that a light to
dark ratio of 1:1 results, it is placed in the
− IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-2, EN 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-2
− IEC 60255-5 path of the beam. The maximum switching 8
− IEC 61000-4-1, 61000-4-2, 61000-4-3, 61000-4-4, DIN EN 55011, DIN EN 55081-2, frequency is reached just at the point where
DIN EN 50140 no output signal pulses are lost.
Index
− IEC 60529 / DIN 40050

TIGHTENING TORQUE
T Over-tightening of the nuts

can mechanically damage cy-
lindrical proximity switches. The specified
maximum permissible tightening torques
TEACH-IN must therefore not be exceeded.
In the majority of applications, each sensor has to be adjusted according to Series 300, 400, 420, 500*, 520*,
the specific conditions. The adjustment usually concerns the operating distance, 600**, 620**
and is effected by turning a potentiometer screw. However, an alternative is offered by Housing size
the teach-in process. Before starting the distance setting by teach-in, the target and/or D M (Nm)
the eventual background are positioned. Then, by pressing a button on the device,
or remotely by means of an electrical signal, the teach process is triggered, in which M4 0.8
a built-in microcontroller, starting from the minimum value, increases the switching M5 1.5
threshold until the output switches. This switching threshold is digitally stored by the M8 10 / *4
microcontroller in a non-volatile memory (EEPROM), and determines the sensor’s
subsequent switching behavior. The microcontroller then adapts the switching threshold M12 10
thus found to the respective application. Depending on the device, or the selected mode, M18 25 / **20
the teach function is applied to the target, the background, or first to the one, and then M30 70 / **40
the other. With newer devices, the teach process can also be remotely triggered by
means of a PLC via a control lead.
Series 700
TEMPERATURE DRIFT s
Housing size
The set operating distances
are subject to slight temperature
4040 D M (Nm)
3030
influences. Due to built-in temperature 3031 M8 10
3060
compensation, this effect is much less 3065 M12 20
important for devices of the 4040 series
(approx. 0.1 %/oC (0.05 %/oF)) than for the M18 50
other switches (approx. 0.3 %/oC (0.15 %/ M30 150
oF)). The operating distance, as a function
°C
of ambient temperature, follows approxi- -20 0 +23 +40 +60 +80
mately the curves shown in Fig. 46. Fig. 46 Series 1040/50, 1120, 1180,
1180W
The specified operating distances
refer to a nominal ambient temper- s Housing size
ature of 23 oC (73.4 oF). The operating D M (Nm)
distance, as a function of ambient tem- M5 1.5 Nm
perature, follows approximately the curve
M12 10 Nm
shown in Fig. 47.
M18 / M18W 20 Nm
The temperature of the target itself has
practically no influence on the operating
-20 0 +23 +40 +60 +80 °C
distance. Within the permitted temperature TIME DELAY BEFORE
range of, as a rule, -25 oC to +70 oC (-13 oF
to +158 oF), the operating distance varies
Fig. 47 AVAILABILITY
by a maximum of ±10% compared to its The time delay before avail-
value at 23 oC (73.4 oF). ability is the maximum time the
proximity switch requires for operating
readiness after the supply voltage has
TEST INPUT been switched on.
The emitters of through-beam sensors, as well as a number of series 6080
types, are provided with a test input. Light emission can be switched on and off by
means of this input, which, together with the corresponding evaluation of the receiver
reaction, permits very efficient sensor monitoring.
1
proximity switches
Inductive
2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
V 3
Optical fibers
VIBRATION RESISTANCE
The proximity switches in this catalog are tested for resistance to vibrations
of 1 mm amplitude at 55 Hz, according to IEC 60068-2-6.
VOLTAGE DROP
In the switched-through condition, a (current dependent) voltage drop
develops across the output transistor; the output voltage, therefore, does
4
proximity switches
not entirely reach the corresponding supply voltage (to be particularly taken into ac-
Ultrasonic
count with series connection and electronic inputs).
W 5
Connecting cables
WIRE-BREAK PROTECTION
All proximity switches in this catalog are equipped with wire-break
protection. If a voltage supply lead breaks, the output is disabled, thus
avoiding an error signal.
WIRING
Proximity switch cables must not be laid in parallel in the same cable 6
runs as cables connected to inductive loads (i.e. protection solenoids,
Accessories
magnetic rectifiers, motors, etc.), or which conduct currents from electronic motor
drives. Leads should be kept as short as possible; however, with suitable wiring (low
coupling capacitance, small interference voltages), they can be up to 300 m long.
To reduce electromagnetic interference, apply the following measures:
− maintain the distance to interfering cables > 100 mm;
− use shields;
− install inductances (contactors, magnetic rectifiers, relays) with RC networks or 7
varistors.
Glossary
8
Index

8 Index
DW-AD-503-M12 (-12X/-XXX)
Inductive device DW Short / special executions
Housing size
Conventional A Threaded
2-wire DC (NAMUR excepted) D 4 M4
High-temperature H 5 M5
Food and sea water L 8 M8
12 M12
Connection 18 M18
Cable D 30 M30
Connector S 50 M50
Cable with moulded connector V Smooth
3 Ø 3 mm
4 Ø 4 mm
Series 65 Ø 6.5 mm
300 (ultraminiature) 3 80 Ø 8 mm
400/420 (miniature) 4 5 5x5 mm
500/520 (long operating distance) 5 8 8x8 mm
600/620 (standard) 6 44 40x40 mm
700 (all-metal) 7 40 40x120 mm
60 60x80 mm
80 80x100 mm
Embeddable/quasi-embeddable 0 Housing
Non-embeddable 1
Increased operating distance M threaded cylindrical housing
(quasi-)embeddable 2 C rectangular housing
Increased operating distance 0 smooth cylindrical housing
non-embeddable 3 P pressure-resistant
Output
Output
2-wire DC
NPN N.O. 1 5 N.O. / Namur
NPN N.C. 2 6 N.C.
PNP N.O. 3 2-wire UC*
PNP N.C. 4 7 N.O.
8 N.C.
9 analog
*UC: 20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Inductive proximity switches 2
proximity switches
Part reference Chapter/page Part reference Chapter/page Part reference Chapter/page
Photoelectric
DW-AD-301-03 1/18 DW-AD-501-P12-627 1/64 DW-AD-511-M18-120 1/53
DW-AD-301-M4 1/19 DW-AD-501-P12-639 1/64 DW-AD-511-M30 1/59
DW-AD-302-03 1/18 DW-AD-501-P20 1/65 DW-AD-511-M30-120 1/58
DW-AD-302-M4 1/19 DW-AD-502-04 1/21 DW-AD-511-M8 1/37
DW-AD-303-03 1/18 DW-AD-502-065 1/28 DW-AD-512-M12 1/45
DW-AD-303-M4 1/19 DW-AD-502-C8 1/39 DW-AD-512-M12-120 1/45
DW-AD-304-03
DW-AD-304-M4
1/18
1/19
DW-AD-502-M12
DW-AD-502-M12-120
1/44
1/44
DW-AD-512-M18
DW-AD-512-M18-120
1/53
1/53
3
DW-AD-305-03 1/18 DW-AD-502-M18 1/52 DW-AD-512-M30 1/59
Optical fibers
DW-AD-305-M4 1/19 DW-AD-502-M18-120 1/52 DW-AD-512-M30-120 1/58
DW-AD-401-04 1/19 DW-AD-502-M30 1/58 DW-AD-512-M8 1/37
DW-AD-401-04E 1/66 DW-AD-502-M30-120 1/58 DW-AD-513-M12 1/45
DW-AD-401-C5 1/23 DW-AD-502-M5 1/22 DW-AD-513-M12-120 1/45
DW-AD-401-M5 1/21 DW-AD-502-M8 1/35 DW-AD-513-M18 1/53
DW-AD-401-M5E 1/66 DW-AD-503-04 1/21 DW-AD-513-M18-120 1/53
DW-AD-402-04
DW-AD-402-C5
1/19
1/23
DW-AD-503-065
DW-AD-503-065E
1/28
1/66
DW-AD-513-M30
DW-AD-513-M30-120
1/59
1/58
4
proximity switches
DW-AD-402-M5 1/21 DW-AD-503-C8 1/39 DW-AD-513-M8 1/37
Ultrasonic
DW-AD-403-04 1/19 DW-AD-503-M12 1/44 DW-AD-514-M12 1/45
DW-AD-403-04E 1/66 DW-AD-503-M12-120 1/44 DW-AD-514-M12-120 1/45
DW-AD-403-C5 1/23 DW-AD-503-M18 1/52 DW-AD-514-M18 1/53
DW-AD-403-M5E 1/66 DW-AD-503-M30 1/58 DW-AD-514-M30 1/59
DW-AD-404-04 1/19 DW-AD-503-M30-120 1/58 DW-AD-514-M30-120 1/58
DW-AD-404-C5
DW-AD-404-M5
1/23
1/21
DW-AD-503-M5
DW-AD-503-M8
1/22
1/35
DW-AD-514-M8
DW-AD-519-M30
1/37
1/69
5
Connecting cables
DW-AD-405-04 1/19 DW-AD-503-M8E 1/66 DW-AD-519-M30-120 1/69
DW-AD-405-04K 1/20 DW-AD-503-P12-625 1/64 DW-AD-519-M30-320 1/69
DW-AD-405-C5 1/23 DW-AD-503-P12-627 1/64 DW-AD-519-M30-390 1/69
DW-AD-405-M5 1/21 DW-AD-503-P12-639 1/64 DW-AD-521-M12 1/45
DW-AD-421-065 1/24 DW-AD-503-P20 1/65 DW-AD-521-M8 1/36
DW-AD-421-065-400 1/24 DW-AD-504-04 1/21 DW-AD-522-M12 1/45
DW-AD-421-M8 1/30 DW-AD-504-065 1/28 DW-AD-522-M8 1/36
DW-AD-422-065
DW-AD-422-065-400
1/24
1/24
DW-AD-504-C8
DW-AD-504-M12
1/39
1/44
DW-AD-523-M12
DW-AD-523-M8
1/45
1/36 6
DW-AD-422-M8 1/30 DW-AD-504-M12-120 1/44 DW-AD-524-M12 1/45
Accessories
DW-AD-423-065 1/24 DW-AD-504-M18 1/52 DW-AD-524-M8 1/36
DW-AD-423-065-400 1/24 DW-AD-504-M18-120 1/52 DW-AD-601-065 1/25
DW-AD-423-M8 1/30 DW-AD-504-M30 1/58 DW-AD-601-065-121 1/24
DW-AD-424-065 1/24 DW-AD-504-M30-120 1/58 DW-AD-601-065-122 1/25
DW-AD-424-065-400 1/24 DW-AD-504-M5 1/22 DW-AD-601-C40 1/62
DW-AD-424-M8 1/30 DW-AD-504-M8 1/35 DW-AD-601-C8 1/38
DW-AD-425-065
DW-AD-425-065-400
1/24
1/24
DW-AD-509-M12
DW-AD-509-M12-120
1/67
1/67
DW-AD-601-M12
DW-AD-601-M12-120
1/40
1/40 7
DW-AD-501-04 1/21 DW-AD-509-M12-390 1/67 DW-AD-601-M18-120 1/46
Glossary
DW-AD-501-065 1/28 DW-AD-509-M18 1/68 DW-AD-601-M30 1/54

DW-AD-501-065E 1/66 DW-AD-509-M18-120 1/68 DW-AD-601-M30-120 1/54
DW-AD-501-C8 1/39 DW-AD-509-M18-320 1/68 DW-AD-601-M8 1/30
DW-AD-501-M12-120 1/44 DW-AD-509-M30 1/69 DW-AD-601-M8-122 1/30
DW-AD-501-M18 1/52 DW-AD-509-M30-120 1/68 DW-AD-602-065 1/25
DW-AD-501-M18-120 1/52 DW-AD-509-M30-320 1/68 DW-AD-602-065-121 1/24 8
DW-AD-501-M30 1/58 DW-AD-509-M30-390 1/69 DW-AD-602-065-122 1/25
DW-AD-501-M30-120 1/58 DW-AD-509-M8 1/67 DW-AD-602-C8 1/38
Index
DW-AD-501-M8 1/35 DW-AD-511-M12 1/45 DW-AD-602-M12-120 1/40

DW-AD-501-M8E 1/66 DW-AD-511-M12-120 1/45 DW-AD-602-M18 1/47
DW-AD-501-P12-625 1/64 DW-AD-511-M18 1/53 DW-AD-602-M18-120 1/46

DW-AD-602-M30-120 1/54 DW-AD-613-M12-120 1/41 DW-AD-622-M8-122 1/32
DW-AD-602-M8 1/30 DW-AD-613-M18 1/48 DW-AD-623-03 1/18
DW-AD-602-M8-121 1/30 DW-AD-613-M18-120 1/48 DW-AD-623-04 1/20
DW-AD-602-M8-122 1/30 DW-AD-613-M30 1/56 DW-AD-623-065 1/27
DW-AD-603-065 1/25 DW-AD-613-M30-120 1/55 DW-AD-623-065-120 1/26
DW-AD-603-065-121 1/24 DW-AD-613-M8 1/34 DW-AD-623-065-121 1/27
DW-AD-603-065-122 1/25 DW-AD-613-M8-121 1/34 DW-AD-623-065-122 1/27
DW-AD-603-C40 1/62 DW-AD-613-M8-122 1/34 DW-AD-623-065-400 1/26
DW-AD-603-C8 1/38 DW-AD-614-M12 1/41 DW-AD-623-C5 1/23
DW-AD-603-M12 1/40 DW-AD-614-M12-120 1/41 DW-AD-623-C8 1/39
DW-AD-603-M12-120 1/40 DW-AD-614-M18 1/48 DW-AD-623-M12 1/43
DW-AD-603-M8-121 1/30 DW-AD-614-M8-122 1/34 DW-AD-623-M8 1/32
DW-AD-603-M8-122 1/30 DW-AD-617-M12 1/42 DW-AD-623-M8-120 1/32
DW-AD-604-065 1/25 DW-AD-617-M18 1/49 DW-AD-623-M8-121 1/32
DW-AD-604-065-121 1/24 DW-AD-617-M30 1/56 DW-AD-623-M8-122 1/32
DW-AD-604-065-122 1/25 DW-AD-618-M12 1/42 DW-AD-624-03 1/18
DW-AD-604-C8 1/38 DW-AD-618-M18 1/49 DW-AD-624-04 1/20
DW-AD-604-M12 1/40 DW-AD-618-M30 1/56 DW-AD-624-065 1/27
DW-AD-604-M12-120 1/40 DW-AD-621-03 1/18 DW-AD-624-065-120 1/26
DW-AD-604-M18 1/47 DW-AD-621-04 1/20 DW-AD-624-065-121 1/27
DW-AD-604-M18-120 1/46 DW-AD-621-065 1/27 DW-AD-624-065-122 1/27
DW-AD-604-M30 1/54 DW-AD-621-065-120 1/26 DW-AD-624-065-400 1/26
DW-AD-604-M30-120 1/54 DW-AD-621-065-121 1/27 DW-AD-624-C5 1/23
DW-AD-604-M8 1/30 DW-AD-621-065-122 1/27 DW-AD-624-C8 1/39
DW-AD-604-M8-121 1/30 DW-AD-621-065-400 1/26 DW-AD-624-M12 1/43
DW-AD-604-M8-122 1/30 DW-AD-621-C5 1/23 DW-AD-624-M12-120 1/43
DW-AD-607-C40 1/62 DW-AD-621-C8 1/39 DW-AD-624-M18 1/50
DW-AD-611-M30 1/56 DW-AD-622-03 1/18 DW-AD-634-M8 1/37
DW-AD-611-M30-120 1/55 DW-AD-622-04 1/20 DW-AD-701-M12 1/44
DW-AD-611-M8 1/34 DW-AD-622-065 1/27 DW-AD-701-M18 1/51
DW-AD-611-M8-121 1/34 DW-AD-622-065-120 1/26 DW-AD-701-M30 1/57
DW-AD-611-M8-122 1/34 DW-AD-622-065-121 1/27 DW-AD-701-M8 1/36
DW-AD-612-M12 1/41 DW-AD-622-065-122 1/27 DW-AD-702-M12 1/44
DW-AD-612-M12-120 1/41 DW-AD-622-065-400 1/26 DW-AD-702-M18 1/51
DW-AD-612-M18 1/48 DW-AD-622-C5 1/23 DW-AD-702-M30 1/57
DW-AD-612-M18-120 1/48 DW-AD-622-C8 1/39 DW-AD-702-M8 1/36
DW-AD-613-C80 1/63 DW-AD-622-M8-120 1/32 DW-AD-704-M8 1/36
1
proximity switches
Inductive
proximity switches
Photoelectric
DW-AD-711-M12 1/46 DW-AS-501-M30-120 1/58 DW-AS-504-M8-001 1/35
DW-AD-711-M18 1/53 DW-AS-501-M5 1/22 DW-AS-504-P12 1/64
DW-AD-711-M30 1/59 DW-AS-501-M8 1/35 DW-AS-504-P20 1/65
DW-AD-711-M8 1/38 DW-AS-501-M8-001 1/35 DW-AS-509-M12 1/68
DW-AD-712-M12 1/46 DW-AS-501-P12 1/64 DW-AS-509-M12-120 1/67
DW-AD-712-M18 1/53 DW-AS-501-P12-621 1/65 DW-AS-509-M12-320 1/67
DW-AD-712-M30
DW-AD-712-M8
1/59
1/38
DW-AS-501-P12-622
DW-AS-501-P12-624
1/65
1/64
DW-AS-509-M12-390
DW-AS-509-M18-002
1/68
1/68
3
Optical fibers
DW-AD-714-M18 1/53 DW-AS-502-04 1/21 DW-AS-509-M30-320 1/69
DW-AD-714-M30 1/59 DW-AS-502-065 1/29 DW-AS-509-M30-390 1/69
DW-AD-714-M8
DW-AS-301-03
1/38
1/18
DW-AS-502-065-001
DW-AS-502-C8
1/29
1/39
DW-AS-509-M8
DW-AS-509-M8-001
1/67
1/67
4
proximity switches
DW-AS-301-M4 1/19 DW-AS-502-M12 1/44 DW-AS-509-M8-390 1/67
Ultrasonic
DW-AS-302-03 1/18 DW-AS-502-M12-120 1/44 DW-AS-509-M8-393 1/67
DW-AS-302-M4 1/19 DW-AS-502-M18-002 1/52 DW-AS-511-M12 1/45
DW-AS-303-03 1/18 DW-AS-502-M18-120 1/52 DW-AS-511-M12-120 1/45
DW-AS-303-M4 1/19 DW-AS-502-M30-002 1/58 DW-AS-511-M18-002 1/53
DW-AS-304-03 1/18 DW-AS-502-M30-120 1/58 DW-AS-511-M18-120 1/53
DW-AS-305-03
DW-AS-305-M4
1/18
1/19
DW-AS-502-M8
DW-AS-502-M8-001
1/35
1/35
DW-AS-511-M30-120
DW-AS-511-M8
1/59
1/37
5
Connecting cables
DW-AS-401-04 1/20 DW-AS-503-04 1/21 DW-AS-511-M8-001 1/37
DW-AS-401-C5 1/23 DW-AS-503-065 1/29 DW-AS-512-M12 1/45
DW-AS-401-M5 1/21 DW-AS-503-065-001 1/29 DW-AS-512-M12-120 1/45
DW-AS-402-04 1/20 DW-AS-503-C8 1/39 DW-AS-512-M18-002 1/53
DW-AS-402-C5 1/23 DW-AS-503-M12 1/44 DW-AS-512-M18-120 1/53
DW-AS-403-04 1/20 DW-AS-503-M18-002 1/52 DW-AS-512-M30-120 1/59
DW-AS-403-C5
DW-AS-403-M5
1/23
1/21
DW-AS-503-M18-120
DW-AS-503-M30-002
1/52
1/58
DW-AS-512-M8
DW-AS-512-M8-001
1/37
1/37 6
DW-AS-404-04 1/20 DW-AS-503-M30-120 1/58 DW-AS-513-M12 1/45
Accessories
DW-AS-404-C5 1/23 DW-AS-503-M5 1/22 DW-AS-513-M12-120 1/45
DW-AS-405-04 1/20 DW-AS-503-M8-001 1/35 DW-AS-513-M18-120 1/53
DW-AS-405-C5 1/23 DW-AS-503-P12 1/64 DW-AS-513-M30-002 1/59
DW-AS-405-M5 1/21 DW-AS-503-P12-621 1/65 DW-AS-513-M30-120 1/59
DW-AS-421-065-001 1/25 DW-AS-503-P12-622 1/65 DW-AS-513-M8 1/37
DW-AS-421-M8-001
DW-AS-422-065-001
1/31
1/25
DW-AS-503-P12-624
DW-AS-503-P12-627
1/64
1/65
DW-AS-513-M8-001
DW-AS-514-M12
1/37
1/45 7
DW-AS-422-M8-001 1/31 DW-AS-503-P12-630 1/64 DW-AS-514-M12-120 1/45
DW-AS-423-065-001 1/25 DW-AS-503-P12-635 1/65 DW-AS-514-M18-002 1/53
Glossary
DW-AS-423-M8-001 1/31 DW-AS-503-P18 1/65 DW-AS-514-M18-120 1/53

DW-AS-424-065-001 1/25 DW-AS-503-P20 1/65 DW-AS-514-M30-002 1/59
DW-AS-424-M8-001 1/31 DW-AS-504-04 1/21 DW-AS-514-M30-120 1/59
DW-AS-425-065-001 1/25 DW-AS-504-065 1/29 DW-AS-514-M8 1/37
DW-AS-425-M8-001 1/31 DW-AS-504-065-001 1/29 DW-AS-514-M8-001 1/37
DW-AS-501-04 1/21 DW-AS-504-C8 1/39 DW-AS-519-M30-002 1/69
DW-AS-501-065 1/29 DW-AS-504-M12 1/44 DW-AS-519-M30-120 1/69 8
DW-AS-501-065-001 1/29 DW-AS-504-M12-120 1/44 DW-AS-519-M30-320 1/69
DW-AS-501-C8 1/39 DW-AS-504-M18-002 1/52 DW-AS-519-M30-390 1/69
DW-AS-501-M12 1/44 DW-AS-504-M18-120 1/52 DW-AS-521-M12 1/45
Index
DW-AS-501-M12-120 1/44 DW-AS-504-M30-002 1/58 DW-AS-521-M8 1/37

DW-AS-501-M18-002 1/52 DW-AS-504-M30-120 1/58 DW-AS-521-M8-001 1/36
DW-AS-501-M18-120 1/52 DW-AS-504-M5 1/22 DW-AS-522-M12 1/45
DW-AS-501-M30-002 1/58 DW-AS-504-M8 1/35 DW-AS-522-M8 1/37

DW-AS-522-M8-001 1/36 DW-AS-604-065-001 1/26 DW-AS-614-M8-001 1/35
DW-AS-523-M12 1/45 DW-AS-604-065-123 1/25 DW-AS-614-M8-123 1/34
DW-AS-523-M8 1/37 DW-AS-604-065-124 1/25 DW-AS-614-M8-124 1/35
DW-AS-523-M8-001 1/36 DW-AS-604-C8-001 1/39 DW-AS-617-C44 1/61
DW-AS-524-M12 1/45 DW-AS-604-M12 1/41 DW-AS-617-M12 1/42
DW-AS-524-M8-001 1/36 DW-AS-604-M18-002 1/47 DW-AS-617-M30-002 1/57
DW-AS-601-065 1/26 DW-AS-604-M18-120 1/47 DW-AS-618-M12 1/42
DW-AS-601-065-001 1/26 DW-AS-604-M30-002 1/55 DW-AS-618-M18-002 1/50
DW-AS-601-065-123 1/25 DW-AS-604-M30-120 1/55 DW-AS-618-M30-002 1/57
DW-AS-601-065-124 1/25 DW-AS-604-M8 1/31 DW-AS-621-03 1/18
DW-AS-601-C44 1/60 DW-AS-604-M8-001 1/31 DW-AS-621-04 1/21
DW-AS-601-C44-304 1/60 DW-AS-604-M8-123 1/31 DW-AS-621-065 1/28
DW-AS-601-C8-001 1/39 DW-AS-604-M8-124 1/31 DW-AS-621-065-001 1/28
DW-AS-601-M12 1/41 DW-AS-607-C44 1/60 DW-AS-621-065-123 1/27
DW-AS-601-M12-120 1/40 DW-AS-607-M12 1/41 DW-AS-621-065-124 1/28
DW-AS-601-M18-002 1/47 DW-AS-607-M18-002 1/48 DW-AS-621-065-129 1/27
DW-AS-601-M18-120 1/47 DW-AS-607-M30-002 1/55 DW-AS-621-C5 1/23
DW-AS-601-M30-002 1/55 DW-AS-608-M12 1/41 DW-AS-621-C8-001 1/39
DW-AS-601-M8-001 1/31 DW-AS-611-C44 1/61 DW-AS-621-M18 1/51
DW-AS-601-M8-120 1/31 DW-AS-611-M12 1/42 DW-AS-621-M18-120 1/51
DW-AS-602-065 1/26 DW-AS-611-M18-120 1/49 DW-AS-621-M8 1/33
DW-AS-602-065-001 1/26 DW-AS-611-M30-002 1/57 DW-AS-621-M8-001 1/33
DW-AS-602-065-123 1/25 DW-AS-611-M30-120 1/56 DW-AS-621-M8-123 1/33
DW-AS-602-065-124 1/25 DW-AS-611-M8 1/35 DW-AS-621-M8-124 1/33
DW-AS-602-C8-001 1/39 DW-AS-611-M8-001 1/35 DW-AS-621-M8-129 1/33
DW-AS-602-M12 1/41 DW-AS-611-M8-123 1/34 DW-AS-622-03 1/18
DW-AS-602-M12-120 1/40 DW-AS-611-M8-124 1/35 DW-AS-622-04 1/21
DW-AS-602-M18-002 1/47 DW-AS-612-M12 1/42 DW-AS-622-065 1/28
DW-AS-602-M18-120 1/47 DW-AS-612-M12-120 1/42 DW-AS-622-065-001 1/28
DW-AS-602-M30-002 1/55 DW-AS-612-M18-002 1/49 DW-AS-622-065-123 1/27
DW-AS-602-M30-120 1/55 DW-AS-612-M18-120 1/49 DW-AS-622-065-124 1/28
DW-AS-602-M8 1/31 DW-AS-612-M30-002 1/57 DW-AS-622-065-129 1/27
DW-AS-602-M8-123 1/31 DW-AS-612-M8 1/35 DW-AS-622-C8-001 1/39
DW-AS-603-065 1/26 DW-AS-612-M8-123 1/34 DW-AS-622-M12-120 1/43
DW-AS-603-065-001 1/26 DW-AS-612-M8-124 1/35 DW-AS-622-M18 1/51
DW-AS-603-065-123 1/25 DW-AS-613-C44 1/61 DW-AS-622-M18-120 1/51
DW-AS-603-065-124 1/25 DW-AS-613-M12 1/42 DW-AS-622-M4 1/19
DW-AS-603-080-168 1/29 DW-AS-613-M12-120 1/42 DW-AS-622-M5 1/22
DW-AS-603-C44 1/60 DW-AS-613-M18-002 1/49 DW-AS-622-M8 1/33
DW-AS-603-M12-120 1/40 DW-AS-613-M8 1/35 DW-AS-622-M8-129 1/33
DW-AS-603-M18-002 1/47 DW-AS-613-M8-001 1/35 DW-AS-623-03 1/18
DW-AS-603-M18-120 1/47 DW-AS-613-M8-123 1/34 DW-AS-623-04 1/21
DW-AS-603-M30-002 1/55 DW-AS-613-M8-124 1/35 DW-AS-623-065 1/28
DW-AS-603-M30-120 1/55 DW-AS-614-M12 1/42 DW-AS-623-065-001 1/28
DW-AS-603-M8 1/31 DW-AS-614-M12-120 1/42 DW-AS-623-065-123 1/27
DW-AS-603-M8-001 1/31 DW-AS-614-M18-002 1/49 DW-AS-623-065-124 1/28
DW-AS-603-M8-120 1/31 DW-AS-614-M18-120 1/49 DW-AS-623-065-129 1/27
DW-AS-603-M8-124 1/31 DW-AS-614-M30-120 1/56 DW-AS-623-C8-001 1/39
DW-AS-604-065 1/26 DW-AS-614-M8 1/35 DW-AS-623-M12 1/43
1
proximity switches
Inductive
proximity switches
Photoelectric
DW-AS-623-M12-120 1/43 DW-AS-713-M30-002 1/59 DW-HD-613-M30-411 1/72
DW-AS-623-M18-002 1/51 DW-AS-713-M8-001 1/38 DW-HD-613-M50-300 1/73
DW-AS-623-M18-120 1/51 DW-AS-714-M12 1/46 DW-HD-613-M50-411 1/73
DW-AS-623-M4 1/19 DW-AS-714-M18-002 1/53 DW-HD-621-M8-100 1/70
DW-AS-623-M5 1/22 DW-AS-714-M30-002 1/59 DW-HD-623-M8-100 1/70
DW-AS-623-M8 1/33 DW-AS-714-M8-001 1/38 DW-LD-701-M12 1/74
DW-AS-623-M8-001
DW-AS-623-M8-123
1/33
1/33
DW-AV-403-04-236
DW-AV-404-04-236
1/20
1/20
DW-LD-701-M18
DW-LD-701-M30
1/74
1/75
3
DW-AS-623-M8-124 1/33 DW-AV-623-080-236 1/29 DW-LD-702-M12 1/74
Optical fibers
DW-AS-623-M8-129 1/33 DW-DD-605-M12 1/40 DW-LD-702-M18 1/74
DW-AS-624-03 1/18 DW-DD-605-M12-120 1/40 DW-LD-702-M30 1/75
DW-AS-624-04 1/21 DW-DD-605-M30 1/54 DW-LD-703-M12 1/74
DW-AS-624-065 1/28 DW-DD-605-M18 1/47 DW-LD-703-M18 1/74
DW-AS-624-065-001 1/28 DW-DD-605-M18-120 1/46 DW-LD-703-M30 1/75
DW-AS-624-065-123 1/27 DW-DD-615-M12 1/41 DW-LD-704-M12 1/74
DW-AS-624-065-124
DW-AS-624-065-129
1/28
1/27
DW-DD-615-M12-120
DW-DD-615-M18
1/41
1/48
DW-LD-704-M18
DW-LD-704-M30
1/74
1/75
4
proximity switches
DW-AS-624-C5 1/23 DW-DD-615-M18-120 1/48 DW-LD-711-M12 1/74
Ultrasonic
DW-AS-624-C8-001 1/39 DW-DD-615-M30 1/56 DW-LD-711-M18 1/75
DW-AS-624-M12 1/43 DW-DD-625-M12 1/43 DW-LD-711-M30 1/75
DW-AS-624-M12-120 1/43 DW-DD-625-M12-120 1/43 DW-LD-712-M12 1/74
DW-AS-624-M18 1/51 DW-DD-625-M18 1/50 DW-LD-712-M18 1/75
DW-AS-624-M18-120 1/51 DW-DD-625-M18-120 1/50 DW-LD-712-M30 1/75
DW-AS-624-M4 1/19 DW-DS-605-M12 1/41 DW-LD-713-M12 1/74
DW-AS-624-M5
DW-AS-624-M8
1/22
1/33
DW-DS-605-M12-120
DW-DS-605-M18-002
1/40
1/47
DW-LD-713-M18
DW-LD-713-M30
1/75
1/75
5
Connecting cables
DW-AS-624-M8-001 1/33 DW-DS-605-M18-120 1/47 DW-LD-714-M12 1/74
DW-AS-624-M8-123 1/33 DW-DS-605-M30-002 1/54 DW-LD-714-M18 1/75
DW-AS-624-M8-124 1/33 DW-DS-615-M12 1/42 DW-LD-714-M30 1/75
DW-AS-624-M8-129 1/33 DW-DS-615-M12-120 1/42 DW-LS-701-M12 1/74
DW-AS-631-M8-001 1/37 DW-DS-615-M18-002 1/49 DW-LS-701-M18-002 1/74
DW-AS-634-M8-001
DW-AS-701-M12
1/37
1/44
DW-DS-625-M12
DW-DS-625-M12-120
1/43
1/43
DW-LS-702-M18-002
DW-LS-702-M30-002
1/74
1/75 6
Accessories
DW-AS-701-M8-001 1/36 DW-HD-601-M12-200 1/70 DW-LS-703-M30-002 1/75
DW-AS-702-M12 1/44 DW-HD-601-M18-310 1/71 DW-LS-704-M12 1/74
DW-AS-702-M8-001 1/36 DW-HD-601-M30-411 1/72 DW-LS-711-M12 1/74
DW-AS-703-M12
DW-AS-703-M18-002
1/44
1/51
DW-HD-601-M50-300
DW-HD-601-M50-411
1/73
1/73
DW-LS-711-M18-002
DW-LS-711-M30-002
1/75
1/75 7
Glossary
DW-AS-704-M12 1/44 DW-HD-603-M18-411 1/71 DW-LS-712-M30-002 1/75

DW-AS-711-M12 1/46 DW-HD-603-M50-411 1/73 DW-LS-714-M12 1/74
DW-AS-711-M30-002 1/59 DW-HD-611-M18-310 1/71 DW-LS-714-M30-002 1/75 8
DW-AS-711-M8-001 1/38 DW-HD-611-M30-310 1/72
DW-AS-712-M12 1/46 DW-HD-611-M30-411 1/72
DW-AS-712-M18-002 1/53 DW-HD-611-M50-300 1/73
Index
DW-AS-712-M30-002 1/59 DW-HD-611-M50-411 1/73

DW-AS-712-M8-001 1/38 DW-HD-613-M12-200 1/70
DW-AS-713-M12 1/46 DW-HD-613-M18-310 1/71
DW-AS-713-M18-002 1/53 DW-HD-613-M30-310 1/72

LTS-1180-303 (-XXX)
Photoelectric device L
Special executions
Device type
For fibers / fiber F Execution
With background suppression H 00 3- or 4-wire through-beam sensor
Through-beam sensor L (emitter)
Reflex sensor R
4-wire device NPN execution, output:
Diffuse sensor T
01 changeover or switchable
Accessory X
02 light-ON and excess gain
Device with cable K 4-wire device PNP execution, output:
Device with connector S 03 changeover or switchable
Device with screw terminal T 04 light-ON and excess gain
Device with moulded connector V UC* device
Synthetic optical fiber P 10 through-beam sensor (emitter)
Glass optical fiber G 15 with relay output
Reflector R 65 with relay output and timer
Cutting tool F 3-wire device NPN execution, output:
Mounting bracket W 01 light-ON
Series 02 dark-ON
Cylindrical devices 3-wire device PNP execution, output:
Ø 4 mm 1040 03 light-ON
M5 1050 04 dark-ON
M12 1120
M12 laser 112#L +50 with built-in timer
M18 1180
M18 laser 118#L *UC: 20 ... 265 VAC / 20 ... 320 VDC
M18 lateral light emission 1180W
Rectangular devices
30x30 mm (high-performance) 3030
30x30 mm (standard) 3031
31x60 mm (standard) 3#60
31x60 mm (teach-in) 3#65
31x60 mm (high switch.frequ.) 326#
31x60 mm (blue light) 336#
40x40 mm 4040 Dimensions
65x83 mm 6080
Synthetic optical fibers Synthetic optical fibers
Diffuse sensor 1### 020 length in dm (2 m)
Through-beam sensor 2###
Miniature / standard / coaxial #0## Glass optical fibers
Flexible #1## 025 length in cm (0.25 m)
Luminous #2## 050 length in cm (0.50 m)
Glass optical fibers 100 length in cm (1 m)
Axial diffuse sensor 1###
Radial diffuse sensor 2### Accessories
Axial through-beam sensor 3### 000-001 general
Radial through-beam sensor 4### 012 reflector type 12
Accessories 0### 013 reflector type 13
Universal mounting brackets 014 reflector type 14
For 3030 / 3031 series 3030 0 4-wire through-beam sensor 015 reflector type 15
For 3060 / 3065 series 3060 1 4-wire basic device 025 reflector Ø 25.2 mm
For 4040 series 4040 2 3-wire through-beam sensor 046 reflector Ø 46 mm
For 6080 series 6080 3 3-wire basic device 084 reflector Ø 82 mm
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Photoelectric proximity switches 2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
LFK-3030-101 2/101 LHS-1180-301 2/94 LLK-3031-200 (emitter) 2/103
LFK-3030-102 2/101 LHS-1180-303 2/94 LLK-3031-202 (receiver) 2/103
LFK-3030-103 2/101 LHS-1180W-301 2/98 LLK-3031-204 (receiver) 2/103
LFK-3030-104 2/101 LHS-1180W-303 2/98 LLK-4040-000 (emitter) 2/105
LFK-3031-303
LFK-3031-304
2/103
2/103
LHS-3030-103
LHS-3030-104
2/101
2/101
LLK-4040-003 (receiver)
2/105
2/105
3
LFK-3060-101 2/106 LHS-3031-301 2/103 LLS-1040-200 (emitter) 2/87
Optical fibers
LFK-3060-103 2/106 LHS-3031-303 2/103 LLS-1040-202 (receiver) 2/87
LFK-3265-103
LFK-3360-101
2/109
2/107
LHS-6080-165
LHT-6080-101
2/111
2/111
LLS-1120-201 (receiver)
2/91
2/91
4
proximity switches
LFK-3360-103 2/107 LHT-6080-103 2/111 LLS-1120-203 (receiver) 2/91
Ultrasonic
LFK-3365-101 2/109 LHT-6080-115 2/111 LLS-1120-204 (receiver) 2/91
LFK-3365-103 2/109 LHT-6080-151 2/111 LLS-1121L-200 (emitter) 2/93
LFK-4040-101 2/105 LHT-6080-153 2/111 LLS-1121L-201 (receiver) 2/93
LFK-4040-102 2/105 LHT-6080-165 2/111 LLS-1121L-202 (receiver) 2/93
LFK-4040-103 2/105 LLK-1040-200 (emitter) 2/87 LLS-1121L-203 (receiver) 2/93
LFK-4040-104 2/105 LLK-1040-202 (receiver) 2/87 LLS-1121L-204 (receiver) 2/93
LFS-3030-101
LFS-3030-102
2/101
2/101
LLK-1050-200 (emitter)
2/87
2/87
LLS-1180-000 (emitter)
2/95
2/95
5
Connecting cables
LFS-3030-103 2/101 LLK-1050-202 (receiver) 2/87 LLS-1180-002 (receiver) 2/95
LFS-3031-301 2/103 LLK-1120-200 (emitter) 2/91 LLS-1180-004 (receiver) 2/95
LFS-3031-302 2/103 LLK-1120-201 (receiver) 2/91 LLS-1180W-000 (emitter) 2/99
LFS-3031-303 2/103 LLK-1120-202 (receiver) 2/91 LLS-1180W-001 (receiver) 2/99
LFS-3060-103
LFS-3065-101
2/106
2/108
LLK-1121L-200 (emitter)
LLK-1121L-201 (receiver)
2/93
2/93
LLS-1180W-004 (receiver)
LLS-1181L-000 (emitter)
2/99
2/97 6
LFS-3065-103 2/108 LLK-1121L-202 (receiver) 2/93 LLS-1181L-001 (receiver) 2/97
Accessories
LFS-3265-101 2/109 LLK-1180-000 (emitter) 2/95 LLS-1181L-004 (receiver) 2/97
LFS-3265-103 2/109 LLK-1180-001 (receiver) 2/95 LLS-3030-000 (emitter) 2/101
LFS-3365-101
LFS-3365-103
2/109
2/109
LLK-1180W-000 (emitter)
2/95
2/99
2/101
2/101 7
LFS-4040-101 2/105 LLK-1180W-001 (receiver) 2/99 LLS-3031-200 (emitter) 2/103
LFS-4040-102 2/105 LLK-1180W-002 (receiver) 2/99 LLS-3031-202 (receiver) 2/103
Glossary
LFS-4040-103 2/105 LLK-1180W-003 (receiver) 2/99 LLS-3031-204 (receiver) 2/103

LFS-4040-104 2/105 LLK-1180W-004 (receiver) 2/99 LLS-4040-000 (emitter) 2/105
LHK-1180-301 2/94 LLK-1181L-000 (emitter) 2/97 LLS-4040-001 (receiver) 2/105
LHK-1180-303 2/94 LLK-1181L-001 (receiver) 2/97 LLS-4040-002 (receiver) 2/105
LHK-1180W-301 2/98 LLK-1181L-002 (receiver) 2/97 LLS-4040-003 (receiver) 2/105
LHK-1180W-303 2/98 LLK-1181L-003 (receiver) 2/97 LLS-4040-004 (receiver) 2/105
LHK-3030-101 2/101 LLK-1181L-004 (receiver) 2/97 LLS-6080-000 (emitter) 2/111 8
LHK-3030-102 2/101 LLK-3030-000 (emitter) 2/101 LLS-6080-002 (receiver) 2/111
LHK-3030-103 2/101 LLK-3030-001 (receiver) 2/101 LLS-6080-004 (receiver) 2/111
LHK-3030-104 2/101 LLK-3030-002 (receiver) 2/101 LLS-6080-010 (emitter) 2/111
Index


LLS-6080-054 (receiver) 2/111 LTK-1040-303-505 2/88 LTS-4040-103 2/104
LLS-6080-065 (receiver) 2/111 LTK-1040-303-506 2/89 LTS-4040-104 2/104
LLT-6080-000 (emitter) 2/111 LTK-1050-301 2/87 LTS-6080-101 2/110
LLT-6080-002 (receiver) 2/111 LTK-1050-301-505 2/89 LTS-6080-103 2/110
LLT-6080-010 (emitter) 2/111 LTK-1050-303 2/87 LTS-6080-151 2/110
LLT-6080-054 (receiver) 2/111 LTK-1120-301 2/90 LTT-6080-101 2/110
LLT-6080-065 (receiver) 2/111 LTK-1120-303 2/90 LTT-6080-103 2/110
LRK-1120-302 2/91 LTK-1180-101 2/95 LTT-6080-115 2/110
LRK-1120-304 2/91 LTK-1180-102 2/95 LTT-6080-151 2/110
LRK-1180-302 2/95 LTK-1180-103 2/95 LTT-6080-153 2/110
LRK-1180-304 2/95 LTK-1180-104 2/95 LTT-6080-165 2/110
LRK-1180W-302 2/99 LTK-1180W-101 2/99 LXR-0000-000 2/113
LRK-1180W-304 2/99 LTK-1180W-102 2/99 LXR-0000-012 2/113
LRK-3030-101 2/101 LTK-1180W-103 2/99 LXR-0000-013 2/113
LRK-3030-102 2/101 LTK-1180W-104 2/99 LXR-0000-014 2/113
LRK-3030-103 2/101 LTK-3030-101 2/100 LXR-0000-015 2/113
LRK-3030-104 2/101 LTK-3030-102 2/100 LXR-0000-025 2/113
LRK-3031-302 2/103 LTK-3030-103 2/100 LXR-0000-046 2/113
LRK-3031-304 2/103 LTK-3030-104 2/100 LXR-0000-084 2/113
LRK-4040-101 2/105 LTK-3031-301 2/102 LXW-3030-000 2/112
LRK-4040-102 2/105 LTK-3031-303 2/102 LXW-3030-001 2/112
LRK-4040-103 2/105 LTK-4040-101 2/104 LXW-3060-000 2/112
LRK-4040-104 2/105 LTK-4040-102 2/104 LXW-4040-000 2/112
LRS-1120-302 2/91 LTK-4040-103 2/104 LXW-6080-000 2/112
LRS-1120-304 2/91 LTK-4040-104 2/104
LRS-1180-302 2/95 LTS-1040-301 2/86
LRS-1180-304 2/95 LTS-1040-301-505 2/88
LRS-1180W-302 2/99 LTS-1040-301-506 2/89
LRS-1180W-304 2/99 LTS-1040-303 2/86
LRS-3030-101 2/101 LTS-1040-303-505 2/88
LRS-3030-102 2/101 LTS-1040-303-506 2/89
LRS-3030-103 2/101 LTS-1050-301 2/87
LRS-3030-104 2/101 LTS-1050-301-505 2/89
LRS-3031-302 2/103 LTS-1050-301-506 2/89
LRS-3031-304 2/103 LTS-1050-303 2/87
LRS-4040-101 2/105 LTS-1050-303-505 2/89
LRS-4040-102 2/105 LTS-1050-303-506 2/89
LRS-4040-103 2/105 LTS-1120-301 2/90
LRS-4040-104 2/105 LTS-1120-303 2/90
LRS-6080-102 2/111 LTS-1180-101 2/95
LRS-6080-104 2/111 LTS-1180-102 2/95
LRS-6080-115 2/111 LTS-1180-103 2/95
LRS-6080-152 2/111 LTS-1180-104 2/95
LRS-6080-154 2/111 LTS-1180W-101 2/99
LRS-6080-165 2/111 LTS-1180W-102 2/99
LRT-6080-102 2/111 LTS-1180W-103 2/99
LRT-6080-104 2/111 LTS-1180W-104 2/99
LRT-6080-115 2/111 LTS-3030-101 2/100
LRT-6080-152 2/111 LTS-3030-102 2/100
LRT-6080-154 2/111 LTS-3030-103 2/100
LRT-6080-165 2/111 LTS-3030-104 2/100
LTK-1040-301 2/86 LTS-3031-301 2/102
LTK-1040-301-505 2/88 LTS-3031-303 2/102
LTK-1040-301-506 2/89 LTS-4040-101 2/104
LTK-1040-303 2/86 LTS-4040-102 2/104
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Optical fibers 2
proximity switches
Part reference Chapter/page
Photoelectric
LFG-1005-### 3/121
LFG-1010-### 3/122
LFG-1015-### 3/122
LFG-1020-### 3/122
LFG-1022-050 3/125
LFG-1030-### 3/122
LFG-2010-###
LFG-2020-###
3/122
3/123
3
LFG-2030-### 3/123
Optical fibers
LFG-3005-### 3/123
LFG-3010-### 3/123
LFG-3015-### 3/123
LFG-3020-### 3/124
LFG-3022-050 3/125
LFG-3030-### 3/124
LFG-4010-###
LFG-4020-###
3/124
3/124
4
proximity switches
LFG-4030-### 3/124
Ultrasonic
LFP-0001-000 3/120
LFP-0002-000 3/120
LFP-0003-000 3/120
LFP-1001-020 3/116
LFP-1002-020 3/117
LFP-1003-020 3/118
LFP-1004-020
LFP-1005-020
3/116
3/118
5
Connecting cables
LFP-1006-020 3/117
LFP-1007-020 3/117
LFP-1102-020 3/117
LFP-1105-020 3/118
LFP-1108-020 3/118
LFP-1109-020 3/118
LFP-1202-020 3/117
LFP-2001-020
LFP-2002-020
3/119
3/119 6
LFP-2003-020 3/119
Accessories
LFP-2004-020 3/119
LFP-2005-020 3/120
LFP-2102-020 3/119
LFP-2104-020 3/120
LFP-2202-020 3/119
LXF-0000-000 3/120
LXG-0000-060
LXG-0000-080
3/125
3/125 7
Glossary
8
Index

Ultrasonic proximity switches
UTS-1180C-303 (-XXX)
Ultrasonic device U Special executions
Device type Polarity

Reflex sensor R 3 PNP N.O. (+ analog)
Diffuse sensor / diffuse and T 7 2 switching outputs
reflex sensor 9 analog output
Through-beam sensor L
Output
Connection 0 switching output
Connector S 1 analog (voltage)
Cable K 2 analog (current)
Housing type 0 through-beam sensor

Cylindrical device 1 1 5-wire, (2 outputs), diffuse /
Rectangular device 4 reflex sensor
3 4-wire, (1 output), diffuse /
Housing size reflex sensor
Cylindrical devices
M18 18 Housing
M30 30 C short
Rectangular devices W for lateral sensing
C40 04
Operating distance
0 shortest operating distance
1 increased operating distance
2 long operating distance
3 very long operating distance
Part reference Chapter/page Part reference Chapter/page

APE-0000-001 4/144 UTS-1300-107 4/138
APE-0000-003 4/144 UTS-1300-113 4/140
ULK-4040-000 4/142 UTS-1300-123 4/140
ULK-4040-003 4/142 UTS-1300-303 4/138
ULS-4040-000 4/143 UTS-1301-107 4/139
ULS-4040-003 4/143 UTS-1301-113 4/141
ULS-4040-000-305 4/143 UTS-1301-123 4/141
ULS-4040-003-305 4/143 UTS-1301-303 4/139
URS-1180C-303 4/133 UTS-1302-107 4/139
URS-1180W-303 4/135 UTS-1302-113 4/141
URS-1181C-303 4/133 UTS-1302-123 4/141
URS-1181W-303 4/135 UTS-1302-303 4/139
UTS-1180-303 4/136 UTS-1303-107 4/139
UTS-1180-329 4/137 UTS-1303-113 4/141
UTS-1180C-303 4/132 UTS-1303-123 4/141
UTS-1180W-303 4/134 UTS-1303-303 4/139
UTS-1181-303 4/137
UTS-1181-329 4/137
UTS-1181C-303 4/133
UTS-1181W-303 4/135
1
proximity switches
Inductive
Connecting cables 2
proximity switches
Photoelectric
S08-3FVW-020 (-XXX)
015 3-pole, N.O. & N.C.
Connecting cable S 904 NPN, LEDs
905
921
PNP, LEDs
100 pieces
3
Optical fibers
Connector size
Connector M8 08
Cable length
Connector M12 12
Connector M18 18 020 2 m (standard)
050 5m
100 10 m
Number of poles 4
proximity switches
3-pole 3
Ultrasonic
4-pole 4 Cable exit
5-pole 5
G straight
W right-angle
Type
Female F
Cable type
5
Connecting cables
U PUR cable
V PVC cable
Accessories
Part reference Chapter/page Part reference Chapter/page
S08-3FUG-020 5/146 S12-4FUG-020 5/146
S08-3FUW-020 5/146 S12-4FUW-020 5/146
S08-3FUW-020-904 5/146 S12-4FVG-020 5/146
S08-3FUW-020-905 5/146 S12-4FVW-020 5/146
S08-3FVG-020
S08-3FVW-020
5/146
5/146
S12-5FUG-020
S12-5FUW-020
5/146
5/146 7
S08-4FUG-020 5/146 S12-5FVG-020 5/146
S08-4FUW-020 5/146 S12-5FVW-020 5/146
Glossary
S08-4FVG-020 5/146
S08-4FVW-020 5/146
S12-3FUG-020 5/146
S12-3FUG-020-015 5/146
S12-3FUW-020 5/146
S12-3FUW-020-015
S12-3FUW-020-904
5/146
5/146 8
S12-3FUW-020-905 5/146
S12-3FVG-020 5/146
Index
S12-3FVG-020-015 5/146
S12-3FVW-020 5/146
S12-3FVW-020-015 5/146

all over the world
Europe Sweden Japan

Switzerland Korea
Austria
Turkey Malaysia
Belgium
Pakistan
Czech Republic Africa Philippines
Denmark
South Africa Singapore
Finland
Taiwan
France
Germany
The Americas Thailand
Argentina Vietnam
Great Britain
Greece Brazil
Canada Australasia
Hungary
Ireland Chile Australia
Italy Colombia New Zealand
Luxembourg Mexico
Netherlands United States Middle East
Norway Venezuela Egypt
Poland Iran
Portugal Asia Israel
Slovakia China Syria
Slovenia India
Spain Indonesia
Terms of delivery and right to change design reserved.
Contrinex Inc.
2 Business Park Road - Old Saybrook, CT 06475 - USA
Tel: 860 388 3573 - Toll free: 866 289 2899 - Fax: 860 388 3574
Internet: www.contrinex.com - E-mail: info_us@contrinex.com
Contrinex AG Industrial Electronics

900 006 040 - isp 09.05 - 13,000
route André Piller 50 - CH 1762 Givisiez - Switzerland

Tel: +41 26 460 46 46 - Fax: +41 26 460 46 40
Internet: www.contrinex.com - E-mail: info@contrinex.com
© CONTRINEX AG 2005

Cat 2005 001-180 USA

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cat 2005 001-180 USA

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Inductive, Photoelectric and

Ultrasonic Proximity Switches

- Miniature devices with long

1 Inductive proximity switches

M8 (∅8 mm) 1.5 mm

10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 19 - 21

10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 23 4

10 ... 30 VDC 7.7 ... 9 VDC 30 - 31 (29)

10 ... 30 VDC 10 ... 65 VDC 20...265 VAC / 20...320 VDC * 54 - 55

1 Inductive proximity switches

180 °C (350 °F)

(280 / 300 °F)

10/15 ... 30 VDC 67

420, 600 and 620 series devices.

signal shaping signal shaping

output amplifier output amplifier

Fig. 3 Fig. 1 Fig. 2

The housing is heat shrunk onto the

increased distance increased distance

NPN N.O. DW-AD-301-03 DW-AS-301-03 DW-AD-621-03 DW-AS-621-03

LED LED LED

DW-AD-303-M4 DW-AS-303-M4 DW-AD-623-M4 DW-AS-623-M4 DW-AD-403-04

NPN N.O. DW-AS-401-04 DW-AD-621-04

DW-AS-623-04 DW-AD-503-04*** DW-AS-503-04*** DW-AD-403-M5 DW-AS-403-M5

A ... D A ... D A ... D A, B

increased distance increased distance long distance long distance

LED LED LED LED

NPN N.O. DW-AD-621-M5 DW-AS-621-M5 DW-AD-501-M5*** DW-AS-501-M5***

DW-AD-403-C5 DW-AS-403-C5 DW-AD-623-C5 DW-AS-623-C5

NPN N.O. DW-AD-421-065 DW-AD-421-065-400 DW-AD-601-065-121

DW-AD-603-065-122 DW-AD-603-065 DW-AS-423-065-001 DW-AS-603-065-123 DW-AS-603-065-124

A ... D A, B A ... D A ... D

increased distance increased distance

NPN N.O. DW-AS-601-065-001 DW-AS-601-065 DW-AD-621-065-120 DW-AD-621-065-400

DW-AD-623-065-121 DW-AD-623-065-122 DW-AD-623-065 DW-AS-623-065-129 DW-AS-623-065-123

increased distance increased distance increased distance long distance

NPN N.O. DW-AS-621-065-124 DW-AS-621-065-001 DW-AS-621-065 DW-AD-501-065

DW-AS-503-065-001 DW-AS-503-065 DW-AS-603-080-168 DW-AV-623-080-236

A ... D G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.) G ... N A ... D

NPN N.O. DW-AD-421-M8 DW-AD-601-M8-121 DW-AD-601-M8-122 DW-AD-601-M8

DW-AS-423-M8-001 DW-AS-603-M8-123 DW-AS-603-M8-124 DW-AS-603-M8-001 DW-AS-603-M8-120 DW-AS-603-M8

A ... D A, B A ... D A ... D A ... D G ... N G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)

increased distance increased distance increased distance increased distance

NPN N.O. DW-AD-621-M8-120 DW-AD-621-M8-121 DW-AD-621-M8-122 DW-AD-621-M8

DW-AS-623-M8-129 DW-AS-623-M8-123 DW-AS-623-M8-124 DW-AS-623-M8-001 DW-AS-623-M8

A ... D A ... D A ... D A ... D G ... N (N.O.); K ... N (N.C.)

Dimensions: M8x1 M8x1 M8x1

NPN N.O. DW-AD-611-M8-121 DW-AD-611-M8-122 DW-AD-611-M8 DW-AS-611-M8-123

DW-AS-613-M8-124 DW-AS-613-M8-001 DW-AS-613-M8 DW-AD-503-M8 DW-AS-503-M8-001 DW-AS-503-M8

all-metal all-metal 4 x distance 4 x distance

NPN N.O. DW-AD-701-M8** DW-AS-701-M8-001** DW-AD-521-M8 DW-AS-521-M8-001

DW-AS-523-M8 DW-AD-633-M8 DW-AS-633-M8-001 DW-AD-513-M8 DW-AS-513-M8-001 DW-AS-513-M8

NPN N.O. DW-AD-711-M8** DW-AS-711-M8-001** DW-AD-601-C8

DW-AS-603-C8-001 DW-AD-623-C8 DW-AS-623-C8-001 DW-AD-503-C8 DW-AS-503-C8

A ... D A ... D A ... D

NPN N.O. DW-AD-601-M12-120 DW-AD-601-M12 DW-AS-601-M12-120

DW-AS-603-M12 DW-AD-613-M12-120 DW-AD-613-M12

G...N (N.O.); K...N (N.C.) G ... N

NPN N.O. DW-AS-611-M12-120 DW-AS-611-M12

DW-AD-623-M12-120 DW-AD-623-M12 DW-AS-623-M12-120 DW-AS-623-M12

G...N (N.O.);K...N (N.C.) G ... N G...N (N.O.);K...N (N.C.) G ... N

NPN N.O. DW-AD-501-M12-120 DW-AD-501-M12 DW-AS-501-M12-120 DW-AS-501-M12 DW-AD-701-M12 DW-AS-701-M12

DW-AD-523-M12 DW-AS-523-M12 DW-AD-513-M12-120 DW-AD-513-M12 DW-AS-513-M12-120 DW-AS-513-M12

DW-AS-623-04 DW-AD-503-04* DW-AS-503-04* DW-AD-403-M5 DW-AS-403-M5

NPN N.O. DW-AD-621-M5 DW-AS-621-M5 DW-AD-501-M5* DW-AS-501-M5*

NPN N.O. DW-AD-701-M8 DW-AS-701-M8-001 DW-AD-521-M8 DW-AS-521-M8-001

NPN N.O. DW-AD-711-M8 DW-AS-711-M8-001 DW-AD-601-C8

DW-AD-613-C60 * DW-AD-613-C80 *

Outputs 0...10 V / 4...20 mA DW-AD-509-M8-390* DW-AS-509-M8-390* DW-AS-509-M8-393* DW-AD-509-M12-320* DW-AD-509-M12-390 DW-AS-509-M12-320***

Dimensions: �� M12x1 M12x1 ��

�� M30x1,5 �� M30x1,5

�� M12x1 M12x1